diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils')
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/ChangeLog | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/Makefile.am | 130 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/Makefile.in | 168 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/addr2line.1 | 762 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/ar.1 | 1239 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/binutils.texi | 279 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/cxxfilt.man | 421 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/dlltool.1 | 509 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/nlmconv.1 | 745 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/nm.1 | 823 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/objcopy.1 | 1260 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/objdump.1 | 1264 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/ranlib.1 | 644 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/readelf.1 | 389 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/size.1 | 795 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/strings.1 | 756 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/strip.1 | 870 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | binutils/windres.1 | 377 |
18 files changed, 5615 insertions, 5827 deletions
diff --git a/binutils/ChangeLog b/binutils/ChangeLog index 6914410..6c9f311 100644 --- a/binutils/ChangeLog +++ b/binutils/ChangeLog @@ -1,3 +1,14 @@ +2001-03-25 Stephane Carrez <Stephane.Carrez@worldnet.fr> + + * binutils.texi: Put @c man begin and @c man end indications + to generate man pages using texi2pod and pod2man. Put @c man title + to identify each man. Add SEEALSO entries. + * Makefile.am (MANCONF, TEXI2POD, POD2MAN): New variable. + (man_MANS): Add dlltool.1, nlmconv.1, readelf.1, windres.1, + sort the list. + (*.1): Build the man pages from binutils.texi. + * Makefile.in: Regenerate. + 2001-03-13 Eric Kohl <ekohl@rz-online.de> * defparse.y (opt_equal_name): allow "." in name. diff --git a/binutils/Makefile.am b/binutils/Makefile.am index 4489ca3..7d680dd 100644 --- a/binutils/Makefile.am +++ b/binutils/Makefile.am @@ -52,8 +52,28 @@ DLLWRAP_PROG=dllwrap SRCONV_PROG=srconv$(EXEEXT) sysdump$(EXEEXT) coffdump$(EXEEXT) -man_MANS = ar.1 nm.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 objcopy.1 \ - addr2line.1 nlmconv.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 +MANCONF = -Dman + +TEXI2POD = perl $(srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl + +POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1 + +# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi +man_MANS = \ + addr2line.1 \ + ar.1 \ + dlltool.1 \ + nlmconv.1 \ + nm.1 \ + objcopy.1 \ + objdump.1 \ + ranlib.1 \ + readelf.1 \ + size.1 \ + strings.1 \ + strip.1 \ + windres.1 \ + $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 PROGS = $(SIZE_PROG) $(OBJDUMP_PROG) $(NM_PROG) $(AR_PROG) $(STRINGS_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG) $(DEMANGLER_PROG) $(OBJCOPY_PROG) @BUILD_NLMCONV@ @BUILD_SRCONV@ @BUILD_DLLTOOL@ @BUILD_WINDRES@ $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) $(READELF_PROG) @BUILD_DLLWRAP@ @BUILD_MISC@ @@ -339,6 +359,112 @@ binutils.dvi: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi binutils.info: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi +# Man page generation from texinfo +$(srcdir)/addr2line.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/ar.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/nlmconv.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/nm.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/objcopy.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/objdump.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/ranlib.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/readelf.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/size.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/strings.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/strip.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/windres.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = config.texi $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile diff --git a/binutils/Makefile.in b/binutils/Makefile.in index 2e77c07..ed66c36 100644 --- a/binutils/Makefile.in +++ b/binutils/Makefile.in @@ -161,8 +161,14 @@ DLLWRAP_PROG = dllwrap SRCONV_PROG = srconv$(EXEEXT) sysdump$(EXEEXT) coffdump$(EXEEXT) -man_MANS = ar.1 nm.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 objcopy.1 \ - addr2line.1 nlmconv.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 +MANCONF = -Dman + +TEXI2POD = perl $(srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl + +POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU" --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1 + +# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi +man_MANS = addr2line.1 ar.1 dlltool.1 nlmconv.1 nm.1 objcopy.1 objdump.1 ranlib.1 readelf.1 size.1 strings.1 strip.1 windres.1 $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 PROGS = $(SIZE_PROG) $(OBJDUMP_PROG) $(NM_PROG) $(AR_PROG) $(STRINGS_PROG) $(STRIP_PROG) $(RANLIB_PROG) $(DEMANGLER_PROG) $(OBJCOPY_PROG) @BUILD_NLMCONV@ @BUILD_SRCONV@ @BUILD_DLLTOOL@ @BUILD_WINDRES@ $(ADDR2LINE_PROG) $(READELF_PROG) @BUILD_DLLWRAP@ @BUILD_MISC@ @@ -184,24 +190,15 @@ MKDEP = gcc -MM INCLUDES = -D_GNU_SOURCE -I. -I$(srcdir) -I../bfd -I$(BFDDIR) -I$(INCDIR) @HDEFINES@ -I$(srcdir)/../intl -I../intl -DLOCALEDIR="\"$(prefix)/share/locale\"" -HFILES = arsup.h bucomm.h budbg.h coffgrok.h debug.h nlmconv.h dlltool.h \ - windres.h winduni.h +HFILES = arsup.h bucomm.h budbg.h coffgrok.h debug.h nlmconv.h dlltool.h windres.h winduni.h GENERATED_HFILES = arparse.h sysroff.h sysinfo.h defparse.h rcparse.h -CFILES = addr2line.c ar.c arsup.c bucomm.c coffdump.c coffgrok.c debug.c \ - dlltool.c filemode.c ieee.c is-ranlib.c is-strip.c maybe-ranlib.c \ - maybe-strip.c nlmconv.c nm.c not-ranlib.c not-strip.c \ - objcopy.c objdump.c prdbg.c rdcoff.c rddbg.c size.c srconv.c \ - stabs.c strings.c sysdump.c version.c wrstabs.c \ - windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c winduni.c readelf.c \ - resres.c dllwrap.c rename.c +CFILES = addr2line.c ar.c arsup.c bucomm.c coffdump.c coffgrok.c debug.c dlltool.c filemode.c ieee.c is-ranlib.c is-strip.c maybe-ranlib.c maybe-strip.c nlmconv.c nm.c not-ranlib.c not-strip.c objcopy.c objdump.c prdbg.c rdcoff.c rddbg.c size.c srconv.c stabs.c strings.c sysdump.c version.c wrstabs.c windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c winduni.c readelf.c resres.c dllwrap.c rename.c -GENERATED_CFILES = \ - underscore.c arparse.c arlex.c sysroff.c sysinfo.c syslex.c \ - defparse.c deflex.c nlmheader.c rcparse.c rclex.c +GENERATED_CFILES = underscore.c arparse.c arlex.c sysroff.c sysinfo.c syslex.c defparse.c deflex.c nlmheader.c rcparse.c rclex.c DEBUG_SRCS = rddbg.c debug.c stabs.c ieee.c rdcoff.c @@ -218,29 +215,12 @@ LIBIBERTY = ../libiberty/libiberty.a POTFILES = $(CFILES) $(DEBUG_SRCS) $(HFILES) -EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then \ - echo $$r/../expect/expect ; \ - else echo expect ; fi` +EXPECT = `if [ -f $$r/../expect/expect ] ; then echo $$r/../expect/expect ; else echo expect ; fi` -RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then \ - echo ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; \ - else echo runtest ; fi` +RUNTEST = `if [ -f ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ] ; then echo ${srcdir}/../dejagnu/runtest ; else echo runtest ; fi` -CC_FOR_TARGET = ` \ - if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then \ - if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then \ - echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; \ - else \ - echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; \ - fi; \ - else \ - if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then \ - echo $(CC); \ - else \ - echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; \ - fi; \ - fi` +CC_FOR_TARGET = ` if [ -f $$r/../gcc/xgcc ] ; then if [ -f $$r/../newlib/Makefile ] ; then echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/ -idirafter $$r/../newlib/targ-include -idirafter $${srcroot}/../newlib/libc/include -nostdinc; else echo $$r/../gcc/xgcc -B$$r/../gcc/; fi; else if [ "@host@" = "@target@" ] ; then echo $(CC); else echo gcc | sed '$(transform)'; fi; fi` info_TEXINFOS = binutils.texi @@ -285,26 +265,22 @@ sysdump_SOURCES = sysdump.c $(BULIBS) nlmconv_SOURCES = nlmconv.c nlmheader.y $(BULIBS) -windres_SOURCES = windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c rcparse.y rclex.l \ - winduni.c resres.c $(BULIBS) +windres_SOURCES = windres.c resrc.c rescoff.c resbin.c rcparse.y rclex.l winduni.c resres.c $(BULIBS) windres_LDADD = $(BFDLIB) $(LIBIBERTY) @LEXLIB@ $(INTLLIBS) dllwrap_SOURCES = dllwrap.c version.c dllwrap_LDADD = $(LIBIBERTY) $(INTLLIBS) -DISTSTUFF = arparse.c arparse.h arlex.c nlmheader.c sysinfo.c sysinfo.h \ - syslex.c deflex.c defparse.h defparse.c rclex.c rcparse.h rcparse.c +DISTSTUFF = arparse.c arparse.h arlex.c nlmheader.c sysinfo.c sysinfo.h syslex.c deflex.c defparse.h defparse.c rclex.c rcparse.h rcparse.c -DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-under sysinfo underscore.c sysroff.c sysroff.h \ - site.exp site.bak +DISTCLEANFILES = stamp-under sysinfo underscore.c sysroff.c sysroff.h site.exp site.bak MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = config.texi -MOSTLYCLEANFILES = sysinfo $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 binutils.log binutils.sum \ - abcdefgh* +MOSTLYCLEANFILES = sysinfo $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 binutils.log binutils.sum abcdefgh* CLEANFILES = dep.sed DEP DEPA DEP1 DEP2 @@ -930,7 +906,7 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES) @for file in $(DISTFILES); do \ if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \ if test -d $$d/$$file; then \ - cp -pr $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ + cp -pr $$/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \ else \ test -f $(distdir)/$$file \ || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \ @@ -1232,6 +1208,112 @@ binutils.dvi: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi binutils.info: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi config.texi +# Man page generation from texinfo +$(srcdir)/addr2line.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/ar.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/dlltool.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/nlmconv.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/nm.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/objcopy.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/objdump.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/ranlib.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/readelf.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/size.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/strings.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/strip.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/windres.1: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + +$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man: $(srcdir)/binutils.texi + touch $@ + -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $< > $@.pod + -($(POD2MAN) $@.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \ + mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1) + rm -f $@.pod + $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' < $(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man \ > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1 diff --git a/binutils/addr2line.1 b/binutils/addr2line.1 index d5fc415..3ae8c85 100644 --- a/binutils/addr2line.1 +++ b/binutils/addr2line.1 @@ -1,503 +1,301 @@ -.\" Copyright 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH addr2line 1 "27 March 1997" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME -addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B addr2line -.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c -.I bfdname\c -.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c -.I bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-e\ "\c -.I filename\c -.RB " | " "\-\-exe="\c -.I filename\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-functions "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-basenames "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-H | \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V | \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" addr addr ... "\|]" -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -\c -.B addr2line -translates program addresses into file names and line numbers. Given -an address and an executable, it uses the debugging information in the -executable to figure out which file name and line number are -associated with a given address. - -The executable to use is specified with the -.B \-e -option. The default is -.B a.out\c -\&. - -.B addr2line -has two modes of operation. - +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH ADDR2LINE.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +addr2line [ \-b \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-C | --demangle[=\fIstyle\fR ] + [ \-e \fIfilename\fR | --exe=\fIfilename\fR ] + [ \-f | --functions ] [ \-s | --basename ] + [ \-H | --help ] [ \-V | --version ] + [ addr addr ... ] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWaddr2line\fR translates program addresses into file names and line +numbers. Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging +information in the executable to figure out which file name and line +number are associated with a given address. +.PP +The executable to use is specified with the \f(CW-e\fR option. The +default is the file \fIa.out\fR. +.PP +\f(CWaddr2line\fR has two modes of operation. +.PP In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line, -and -.B addr2line -displays the file name and line number for each address. - -In the second, -.B addr2line -reads hexadecimal addresses from standard input, and prints the file -name and line number for each address on standard output. In this -mode, -.B addr2line -may be used in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses. - -The format of the output is FILENAME:LINENO. The file name and line -number for each address is printed on a separate line. If the -.B \-f -option is used, then each FILENAME:LINENO line is preceded by a -FUNCTIONNAME line which is the name of the function containing the +and \f(CWaddr2line\fR displays the file name and line number for each address. - +.PP +In the second, \f(CWaddr2line\fR reads hexadecimal addresses from +standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each +address on standard output. In this mode, \f(CWaddr2line\fR may be used +in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses. +.PP +The format of the output is \fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR. The file name and +line number for each address is printed on a separate line. If the +\f(CW-f\fR option is used, then each \fBFILENAME:LINENO\fR line is +preceded by a \fBFUNCTIONNAME\fR line which is the name of the function +containing the address. +.PP If the file name or function name can not be determined, -.B addr2line -will print two question marks in their place. If the line number can -not be determined, -.B addr2line -will print 0. +\f(CWaddr2line\fR will print two question marks in their place. If the +line number can not be determined, \f(CWaddr2line\fR will print 0. +.SH "OPTIONS" +The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are +equivalent. +.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Specify that the object-code format for the object files is +\fIbfdname\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-C\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR" 4 +Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. +Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this +makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different +mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to +choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. +.Ip "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--exe=\fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be +translated. The default file is \fIa.out\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-f\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--functions\fR" 4 +Display function names as well as file and line number information. +.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--basenames\fR" 4 +Display only the base of each file name. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" -Specify the object-code format for the object files to be -\c -.I bfdname\c -\&. +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "ADDR2LINE.1 1" +.IX Name "addr2line - convert addresses into file names and line numbers." -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names. -Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes C++ function names readable. +.IX Header "NAME" -.TP -.BI "\-e " "filename"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-exe=" "filename" -Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be -translated. The default file is -.B a.out\c -\&. +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-functions -Display function names as well as file and line number information. +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-basenames -Display only the base of each file name. +.IX Header "OPTIONS" -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). +.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR" -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-C\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--exe=\fIfilename\fR\fR" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-f\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--functions\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--basenames\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/ar.1 b/binutils/ar.1 index d50c3a8..d37236c 100644 --- a/binutils/ar.1 +++ b/binutils/ar.1 @@ -1,892 +1,469 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH ar 1 "1999" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.7 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME -ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.BR ar " [\|" "-" "\|]"\c -.I {dmpqrtx}[abcfilNoPsSuvV] \c -[\|\c -.I membername\c -\&\|] \c -[\|\c -.I count\c -\&\|] \c -.I archive\c -\& \c -.I files\c -\&.\|.\|. - -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -The GNU \c -.B ar\c -\& program creates, modifies, and extracts from -archives. An \c -.I archive\c -\& is a single file holding a collection of +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH AR.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +ar [\-X32_64] [\-]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR]] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The GNU \f(CWar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from +archives. An \fIarchive\fR is a single file holding a collection of other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve -the original individual files (called \c -.I members\c -\& of the archive). - -The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and -group are preserved in the archive, and may be reconstituted on +the original individual files (called \fImembers\fR of the archive). +.PP +The original files\*(R' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and +group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on extraction. - -GNU \c -.B ar\c -\& can maintain archives whose members have names of any -length; however, depending on how \c -.B ar\c -\& is configured on your -system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed (for compatibility -with archive formats maintained with other tools). If it exists, the +.PP +GNU \f(CWar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any +length; however, depending on how \f(CWar\fR is configured on your +system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility +with archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16 characters (typical of formats related to coff). - -\c -.B ar\c -\& is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort -are most often used as \c -.I libraries\c -\& holding commonly needed +.PP +\f(CWar\fR is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort +are most often used as \fIlibraries\fR holding commonly needed subroutines. - -\c -.B ar\c -\& will create an index to the symbols defined in relocatable -object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier `\|\c -.B s\c -\|'. -Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \c -.B ar\c -\& -makes a change to its contents (save for the `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' update operation). +.PP +\f(CWar\fR creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable +object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier \fBs\fR. +Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \f(CWar\fR +makes a change to its contents (save for the \fBq\fR update operation). An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to their placement in the archive. - -You may use `\|\c -.B nm \-s\c -\|' or `\|\c -.B nm \-\-print\-armap\c -\|' to list this index -table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of \c -.B ar\c -\& called -\c -.B ranlib\c -\& can be used to add just the table. - -\c -.B ar\c -\& insists on at least two arguments to execute: one -keyletter specifying the \c -.I operation\c -\& (optionally accompanied by other -keyletters specifying \c -.I modifiers\c -\&), and the archive name to act on. - -Most operations can also accept further \c -.I files\c -\& arguments, -specifying particular files to operate on. - -.SH OPTIONS -GNU \c -.B ar\c -\& allows you to mix the operation code \c -.I p\c -\& and modifier -flags \c -.I mod\c -\& in any order, within the first command-line argument. - +.PP +You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm --print-armap\fR to list this index +table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of \f(CWar\fR called +\f(CWranlib\fR can be used to add just the table. +.PP +GNU \f(CWar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different +facilities. You can control its activity using command-line options, +like the different varieties of \f(CWar\fR on Unix systems; or, if you +specify the single command-line option \fB\-M\fR, you can control it +with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI ``librarian'\*(R' +program. +.SH "OPTIONS" +GNU \f(CWar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier +flags \fImod\fR in any order, within the first command-line argument. +.PP If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a dash. - -The \c -.I p\c -\& keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be +.PP +The \fIp\fR keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be any of the following, but you must specify only one of them: - -.TP -.B d -\c -.I Delete\c -\& modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to -be deleted as \c -.I files\c -\&; the archive is untouched if you +.Ip "\f(CWd\fR" 4 +\fIDelete\fR modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to +be deleted as \fImember\fR...; the archive is untouched if you specify no files to delete. - -If you specify the `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' modifier, \c -.B ar\c -\& will list each module +.Sp +If you specify the \fBv\fR modifier, \f(CWar\fR lists each module as it is deleted. - -.TP -.B m -Use this operation to \c -.I move\c -\& members in an archive. - +.Ip "\f(CWm\fR" 4 +Use this operation to \fImove\fR members in an archive. +.Sp The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more than one member. - -If no modifiers are used with \c -.B m\c -\&, any members you name in the -\c -.I files\c -\& arguments are moved to the \c -.I end\c -\& of the archive; -you can use the `\|\c -.B a\c -\|', `\|\c -.B b\c -\|', or `\|\c -.B i\c -\|' modifiers to move them to a +.Sp +If no modifiers are used with \f(CWm\fR, any members you name in the +\fImember\fR arguments are moved to the \fIend\fR of the archive; +you can use the \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR modifiers to move them to a specified place instead. - -.TP -.B p -\c -.I Print\c -\& the specified members of the archive, to the standard -output file. If the `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' modifier is specified, show the member +.Ip "\f(CWp\fR" 4 +\fIPrint\fR the specified members of the archive, to the standard +output file. If the \fBv\fR modifier is specified, show the member name before copying its contents to standard output. - -If you specify no \c -.I files\c -\&, all the files in the archive are printed. - -.TP -.B q -\c -.I Quick append\c -\&; add \c -.I files\c -\& to the end of \c -.I archive\c -\&, -without checking for replacement. - -The modifiers `\|\c -.B a\c -\|', `\|\c -.B b\c -\|', and `\|\c -.B i\c -\|' do \c -.I not\c -\& affect this +.Sp +If you specify no \fImember\fR arguments, all the files in the archive are +printed. +.Ip "\f(CWq\fR" 4 +\fIQuick append\fR; Historically, add the files \fImember\fR... to the end of +\fIarchive\fR, without checking for replacement. +.Sp +The modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, and \fBi\fR do \fInot\fR affect this operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive. - -The modifier `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' makes \c -.B ar\c -\& list each file as it is appended. - +.Sp +The modifier \fBv\fR makes \f(CWar\fR list each file as it is appended. +.Sp Since the point of this operation is speed, the archive's symbol table -index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use `\|\c -.B ar s\c -\|' or -\c -.B ranlib\c -\& explicitly to update the symbol table index. - +index is not updated, even if it already existed; you can use \fBar s\fR or +\f(CWranlib\fR explicitly to update the symbol table index. +.Sp However, too many different systems assume quick append rebuilds the -index, so GNU -.B ar -implements `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' as a synonym for `\|\c -.B r\c -\|'. - -.TP -.B r -Insert \c -.I files\c -\& into \c -.I archive\c -\& (with \c -.I replacement\c -\&). This -operation differs from `\|\c -.B q\c -\|' in that any previously existing members -are deleted if their names match those being added. - -If one of the files named in \c -.I files\c -\& doesn't exist, \c -.B ar\c -\& +index, so \s-1GNU\s0 ar implements \f(CWq\fR as a synonym for \f(CWr\fR. +.Ip "\f(CWr\fR" 4 +Insert the files \fImember\fR... into \fIarchive\fR (with +\fIreplacement\fR). This operation differs from \fBq\fR in that any +previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being +added. +.Sp +If one of the files named in \fImember\fR... does not exist, \f(CWar\fR displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members of the archive matching that name. - +.Sp By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may -use one of the modifiers `\|\c -.B a\c -\|', `\|\c -.B b\c -\|', or `\|\c -.B i\c -\|' to request +use one of the modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR to request placement relative to some existing member. - -The modifier `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' used with this operation elicits a line of -output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters `\|\c -.B a\c -\|' or -`\|\c -.B r\c -\|' to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member +.Sp +The modifier \fBv\fR used with this operation elicits a line of +output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters \fBa\fR or +\fBr\fR to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member deleted) or replaced. - -.TP -.B t -Display a \c -.I table\c -\& listing the contents of \c -.I archive\c -\&, or those -of the files listed in \c -.I files\c -\& that are present in the +.Ip "\f(CWt\fR" 4 +Display a \fItable\fR listing the contents of \fIarchive\fR, or those +of the files listed in \fImember\fR... that are present in the archive. Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can -request that by also specifying the `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' modifier. - -If you do not specify any \c -.I files\c -\&, all files in the archive +request that by also specifying the \fBv\fR modifier. +.Sp +If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive are listed. - -If there is more than one file with the same name (say, `\|\c -.B fie\c -\|') in -an archive (say `\|\c -.B b.a\c -\|'), `\|\c -.B ar t b.a fie\c -\|' will list only the +.Sp +If there is more than one file with the same name (say, \fBfie\fR) in +an archive (say \fBb.a\fR), \fBar t b.a fie\fR lists only the first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete -listing\(em\&in our example, `\|\c -.B ar t b.a\c -\|'. - -.TP -.B x -\c -.I Extract\c -\& members (named \c -.I files\c -\&) from the archive. You can -use the `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' modifier with this operation, to request that -\c -.B ar\c -\& list each name as it extracts it. - -If you do not specify any \c -.I files\c -\&, all files in the archive +listing---in our example, \fBar t b.a\fR. +.Ip "\f(CWx\fR" 4 +\fIExtract\fR members (named \fImember\fR) from the archive. You can +use the \fBv\fR modifier with this operation, to request that +\f(CWar\fR list each name as it extracts it. +.Sp +If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive are extracted. - .PP - -A number of modifiers (\c -.I mod\c -\&) may immediately follow the \c -.I p\c -\& +A number of modifiers (\fImod\fR) may immediately follow the \fIp\fR keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior: +.Ip "\f(CWa\fR" 4 +Add new files \fIafter\fR an existing member of the +archive. If you use the modifier \fBa\fR, the name of an existing archive +member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the +\fIarchive\fR specification. +.Ip "\f(CWb\fR" 4 +Add new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the +archive. If you use the modifier \fBb\fR, the name of an existing archive +member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the +\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBi\fR). +.Ip "\f(CWc\fR" 4 +\fICreate\fR the archive. The specified \fIarchive\fR is always +created if it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is +issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by +using this modifier. +.Ip "\f(CWf\fR" 4 +Truncate names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CWar\fR will normally permit file +names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which are +not compatible with the native \f(CWar\fR program on some systems. If +this is a concern, the \fBf\fR modifier may be used to truncate file +names when putting them in the archive. +.Ip "\f(CWi\fR" 4 +Insert new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the +archive. If you use the modifier \fBi\fR, the name of an existing archive +member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the +\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBb\fR). +.Ip "\f(CWl\fR" 4 +This modifier is accepted but not used. +.Ip "\f(CWN\fR" 4 +Uses the \fIcount\fR parameter. This is used if there are multiple +entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete instance +\fIcount\fR of the given name from the archive. +.Ip "\f(CWo\fR" 4 +Preserve the \fIoriginal\fR dates of members when extracting them. If +you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive +are stamped with the time of extraction. +.Ip "\f(CWP\fR" 4 +Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0 +\f(CWar\fR can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives +are not \s-1POSIX\s0 complaint), but other archive creators can. This option +will cause \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CWar\fR to match file names using a complete path +name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file from an +archive created by another tool. +.Ip "\f(CWs\fR" 4 +Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one, +even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier +flag either with any operation, or alone. Running \fBar s\fR on an +archive is equivalent to running \fBranlib\fR on it. +.Ip "\f(CWS\fR" 4 +Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a +large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used +with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the +\fBS\fR modifier on the last execution of \fBar\fR, or you must run +\fBranlib\fR on the archive. +.Ip "\f(CWu\fR" 4 +Normally, \fBar r\fR... inserts all files +listed into the archive. If you would like to insert \fIonly\fR those +of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same +names, use this modifier. The \fBu\fR modifier is allowed only for the +operation \fBr\fR (replace). In particular, the combination \fBqu\fR is +not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed +advantage from the operation \fBq\fR. +.Ip "\f(CWv\fR" 4 +This modifier requests the \fIverbose\fR version of an operation. Many +operations display additional information, such as filenames processed, +when the modifier \fBv\fR is appended. +.Ip "\f(CWV\fR" 4 +This modifier shows the version number of \f(CWar\fR. +.PP +\f(CWar\fR ignores an initial option spelt \f(CW-X32_64\fR, for +compatibility with \s-1AIX\s0. The behaviour produced by this option is the +default for \s-1GNU\s0 \f(CWar\fR. \f(CWar\fR does not support any of the other +\f(CW-X\fR options; in particular, it does not support \f(CW-X32\fR +which is the default for \s-1AIX\s0 \f(CWar\fR. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". -.TP -.B a -Add new files \c -.I after\c -\& an existing member of the -archive. If you use the modifier \c -.B a\c -\&, the name of an existing archive -member must be present as the \c -.I membername\c -\& argument, before the -\c -.I archive\c -\& specification. +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "AR.1 1" +.IX Name "ar - create, modify, and extract from archives" -.TP -.B b -Add new files \c -.I before\c -\& an existing member of the -archive. If you use the modifier \c -.B b\c -\&, the name of an existing archive -member must be present as the \c -.I membername\c -\& argument, before the -\c -.I archive\c -\& specification. (same as `\|\c -.B i\c -\|'). +.IX Header "NAME" -.TP -.B c -\c -.I Create\c -\& the archive. The specified \c -.I archive\c -\& is always -created if it didn't exist, when you request an update. But a warning is -issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by -using this modifier. +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -.TP -.B f -Truncate names in the archive. -.B ar -will normally permit file names of any length. This will cause it to -create archives which are not compatible with the native -.B ar -program on some systems. If this is a concern, the -.B f -modifier may be used to truncate file names when putting them in the -archive. +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -.TP -.B i -Insert new files \c -.I before\c -\& an existing member of the -archive. If you use the modifier \c -.B i\c -\&, the name of an existing archive -member must be present as the \c -.I membername\c -\& argument, before the -\c -.I archive\c -\& specification. (same as `\|\c -.B b\c -\|'). +.IX Header "OPTIONS" -.TP -.B l -This modifier is accepted but not used. +.IX Item "\f(CWd\fR" -.TP -.B N -Uses the -.I count -parameter. This is used if there are multiple entries in the archive -with the same name. Extract or delete instance -.I count -of the given name from the archive. +.IX Item "\f(CWm\fR" -.TP -.B o -Preserve the \c -.I original\c -\& dates of members when extracting them. If -you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive -will be stamped with the time of extraction. +.IX Item "\f(CWp\fR" -.TP -.B P -Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. -.B ar -can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives are not -POSIX complaint), but other archive creators can. This option will -cause -.B ar -to match file names using a complete path name, which can be -convenient when extracting a single file from an archive created by -another tool. +.IX Item "\f(CWq\fR" -.TP -.B s -Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one, -even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier -flag either with any operation, or alone. Running `\|\c -.B ar s\c -\|' on an -archive is equivalent to running `\|\c -.B ranlib\c -\|' on it. +.IX Item "\f(CWr\fR" -.TP -.B S -Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a -large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used -with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the -`\|\c -.B S\c -\|' modifier on the last execution of `\|\c -.B ar\c -\|', or you must run `\|\c -.B ranlib\c -\|' on the archive. +.IX Item "\f(CWt\fR" -.TP -.B u -Normally, \c -.B ar r\c -\&.\|.\|. inserts all files -listed into the archive. If you would like to insert \c -.I only\c -\& those -of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same -names, use this modifier. The `\|\c -.B u\c -\|' modifier is allowed only for the -operation `\|\c -.B r\c -\|' (replace). In particular, the combination `\|\c -.B qu\c -\|' is -not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed -advantage from the operation `\|\c -.B q\c -\|'. +.IX Item "\f(CWx\fR" -.TP -.B v -This modifier requests the \c -.I verbose\c -\& version of an operation. Many -operations display additional information, such as filenames processed, -when the modifier `\|\c -.B v\c -\|' is appended. +.IX Item "\f(CWa\fR" -.TP -.B V -This modifier shows the version number of -.BR ar . +.IX Item "\f(CWb\fR" -.PP +.IX Item "\f(CWc\fR" -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). -.BR nm ( 1 )\c -\&, -.BR ranlib ( 1 )\c -\&. +.IX Item "\f(CWf\fR" -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Item "\f(CWi\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWl\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWN\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWo\fR" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\f(CWP\fR" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWs\fR" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWS\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWu\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWv\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWV\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/binutils.texi b/binutils/binutils.texi index 2534c41..2afe7c0 100644 --- a/binutils/binutils.texi +++ b/binutils/binutils.texi @@ -28,15 +28,17 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY @end ifinfo @ifinfo +@c man begin COPYRIGHT Copyright @copyright{} 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document - under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 - or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; - with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no - Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the - section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". +@c man end @ignore Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the results, provided the printed document carries a copying permission @@ -173,11 +175,16 @@ section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License". @kindex ar @cindex archives @cindex collections of files + +@c man title ar create, modify, and extract from archives + @smallexample ar [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}] ar -M [ <mri-script ] @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION ar + The @sc{gnu} @code{ar} program creates, modifies, and extracts from archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file holding a collection of other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve @@ -222,6 +229,8 @@ specify the single command-line option @samp{-M}, you can control it with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI ``librarian'' program. +@c man end + @menu * ar cmdline:: Controlling @code{ar} on the command line * ar scripts:: Controlling @code{ar} with a script @@ -232,7 +241,9 @@ program. @section Controlling @code{ar} on the command line @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS ar ar [-X32_64] [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}] +@c man end @end smallexample @cindex Unix compatibility, @code{ar} @@ -244,6 +255,8 @@ arguments to execute: one keyletter specifying the @emph{operation} Most operations can also accept further @var{member} arguments, specifying particular files to operate on. +@c man begin OPTIONS ar + @sc{gnu} @code{ar} allows you to mix the operation code @var{p} and modifier flags @var{mod} in any order, within the first command-line argument. @@ -455,6 +468,14 @@ default for GNU @code{ar}. @code{ar} does not support any of the other @code{-X} options; in particular, it does not support @code{-X32} which is the default for AIX @code{ar}. +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO ar +nm(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node ar scripts @section Controlling @code{ar} with a script @@ -632,7 +653,10 @@ The @sc{gnu} linker @code{ld} is now described in a separate manual. @cindex symbols @kindex nm +@c man title nm list symbols from object files + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS nm nm [ -a | --debug-syms ] [ -g | --extern-only ] [ -B ] [ -C | --demangle[=@var{style}] ] [ -D | --dynamic ] [ -s | --print-armap ] [ -A | -o | --print-file-name ] @@ -642,8 +666,10 @@ nm [ -a | --debug-syms ] [ -g | --extern-only ] [ --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -f @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ] [ --defined-only ] [-l | --line-numbers ] [ --no-demangle ] [ -V | --version ] [ -X 32_64 ] [ --help ] [ @var{objfile}@dots{} ] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION nm @sc{gnu} @code{nm} lists the symbols from object files @var{objfile}@dots{}. If no object files are listed as arguments, @code{nm} assumes the file @file{a.out}. @@ -674,8 +700,11 @@ The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as BSS). The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined -references. For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of +references. +@ifclear man +For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of --warn-common in @ref{Options,,Linker options,ld.info,The GNU linker}. +@end man @item D The symbol is in the initialized data section. @@ -732,6 +761,9 @@ The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific. The symbol name. @end itemize +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS nm The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. @@ -869,10 +901,21 @@ to @code{-X 32}, which is not supported by @sc{gnu} @code{nm}. Show a summary of the options to @code{nm} and exit. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO nm +ar(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node objcopy @chapter objcopy +@c man title objcopy copy and translate object files + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS objcopy objcopy [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ] @@ -902,8 +945,10 @@ objcopy [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ --redefine-sym @var{old}=@var{new} ] [ --weaken ] [ -v | --verbose ] [ -V | --version ] [ --help ] @var{infile} [@var{outfile}] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION objcopy The @sc{gnu} @code{objcopy} utility copies the contents of an object file to another. @code{objcopy} uses the @sc{gnu} @sc{bfd} Library to read and write the object files. It can write the destination object @@ -939,6 +984,10 @@ files. If the input format has an endianness, (some formats do not), @code{objcopy} can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the same endianness or which have no endianness (eg @samp{srec}). +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS objcopy + @table @code @item @var{infile} @itemx @var{outfile} @@ -1203,13 +1252,24 @@ archives, @samp{objcopy -V} lists all members of the archive. Show a summary of the options to @code{objcopy}. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO objcopy +ld(1), objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node objdump @chapter objdump @cindex object file information @kindex objdump +@c man title objdump display information from object files. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS objdump objdump [ -a | --archive-headers ] [ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -C | --demangle[=@var{style}] ] @@ -1244,8 +1304,11 @@ objdump [ -a | --archive-headers ] [ -V | --version ] [ -H | --help ] @var{objfile}@dots{} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION objdump + @code{objdump} displays information about one or more object files. The options control what particular information to display. This information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the @@ -1256,6 +1319,10 @@ program to compile and work. specify archives, @code{objdump} shows information on each of the member object files. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS objdump + The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. At least one option from the list @samp{-a,-d,-D,-f,-g,-G,-h,-H,-p,-r,-R,-S,-t,-T,-V,-x} must be given. @@ -1481,8 +1548,11 @@ ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which @code{.stab} debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an ELF section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the @samp{--syms} -output. For more information on stabs symbols, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs +output. +@ifclear man +For more information on stabs symbols, see @ref{Top,Stabs,Stabs Overview,stabs.info, The ``stabs'' debug format}. +@end ifclear @item --start-address=@var{address} @cindex start-address @@ -1525,6 +1595,14 @@ relocation entries. Using @samp{-x} is equivalent to specifying all of Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO objdump +nm(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node ranlib @chapter ranlib @@ -1532,10 +1610,16 @@ Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns. @cindex archive contents @cindex symbol index +@c man title ranlib generate index to archive. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS ranlib ranlib [-vV] @var{archive} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION ranlib + @code{ranlib} generates an index to the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a member of an archive that is a relocatable object file. @@ -1550,6 +1634,10 @@ The @sc{gnu} @code{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @code{ar}; runnin @code{ranlib} is completely equivalent to executing @samp{ar -s}. @xref{ar}. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS ranlib + @table @code @item -v @itemx -V @@ -1557,19 +1645,33 @@ The @sc{gnu} @code{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @code{ar}; runnin Show the version number of @code{ranlib}. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO ranlib +ar(1), nm(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node size @chapter size @kindex size @cindex section sizes +@c man title size list section sizes and total size. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS size size [ -A | -B | --format=@var{compatibility} ] [ --help ] [ -d | -o | -x | --radix=@var{number} ] [ --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -V | --version ] [ @var{objfile}@dots{} ] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION size + The @sc{gnu} @code{size} utility lists the section sizes---and the total size---for each of the object or archive files @var{objfile} in its argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each @@ -1578,6 +1680,10 @@ object file or each module in an archive. @var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined. If none are specified, the file @code{a.out} will be used. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS size + The command line options have the following meanings: @table @code @@ -1653,6 +1759,14 @@ automatically recognize many formats. Display the version number of @code{size}. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO size +ar(1), objdump(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node strings @chapter strings @kindex strings @@ -1660,13 +1774,19 @@ Display the version number of @code{size}. @cindex printing strings @cindex strings, printing +@c man title strings print the strings of printable characters in files. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS strings strings [-afov] [-@var{min-len}] [-n @var{min-len}] [-t @var{radix}] [-] [--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=@var{min-len}] [--radix=@var{radix}] [--target=@var{bfdname}] [--help] [--version] @var{file}@dots{} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION strings + For each @var{file} given, @sc{gnu} @code{strings} prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable @@ -1677,6 +1797,10 @@ the strings from the whole file. @code{strings} is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text files. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS strings + @table @code @item -a @itemx --all @@ -1718,6 +1842,15 @@ Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. Print the program version number on the standard output and exit. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO strings +ar(1), nm(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), readelf(1) +and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node strip @chapter strip @@ -1726,7 +1859,10 @@ Print the program version number on the standard output and exit. @cindex discarding symbols @cindex symbols, discarding +@c man title strip Discard symbols from object files. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS strip strip [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ] @@ -1738,8 +1874,11 @@ strip [ -F @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -o @var{file} ] [ -p | --preserve-dates ] [ -v | --verbose ] [ -V | --version ] [ --help ] @var{objfile}@dots{} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION strip + @sc{gnu} @code{strip} discards all symbols from object files @var{objfile}. The list of object files may include archives. At least one object file must be given. @@ -1747,6 +1886,10 @@ At least one object file must be given. @code{strip} modifies the files named in its argument, rather than writing modified copies under different names. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS strip + @table @code @item -F @var{bfdname} @itemx --target=@var{bfdname} @@ -1825,20 +1968,34 @@ Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of archives, @samp{strip -v} lists all members of the archive. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO strip +the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node c++filt, addr2line, strip, Top @chapter c++filt @kindex c++filt @cindex demangling C++ symbols +@c man title cxxfilt Demangle C++ and Java symbols. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS cxxfilt c++filt [ -_ | --strip-underscores ] [ -j | --java ] [ -n | --no-strip-underscores ] [ -s @var{format} | --format=@var{format} ] [ --help ] [ --version ] [ @var{symbol}@dots{} ] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION cxxfilt + @kindex cxxfilt The C++ and Java languages provides function overloading, which means that you can write many functions with the same name (providing each @@ -1866,6 +2023,10 @@ If no @var{symbol} arguments are given, @code{c++filt} reads symbol names from the standard input and writes the demangled names to the standard output. All results are printed on the standard output. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS cxxfilt + @table @code @item -_ @itemx --strip-underscores @@ -1911,6 +2072,14 @@ Print a summary of the options to @code{c++filt} and exit. Print the version number of @code{c++filt} and exit. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO cxxfilt +the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @quotation @emph{Warning:} @code{c++filt} is a new utility, and the details of its user interface are subject to change in future releases. In particular, @@ -1935,15 +2104,21 @@ c++filt @var{option} @var{symbol} @kindex addr2line @cindex address to file name and line number +@c man title addr2line convert addresses into file names and line numbers. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS addr2line addr2line [ -b @var{bfdname} | --target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -C | --demangle[=@var{style} ] [ -e @var{filename} | --exe=@var{filename} ] [ -f | --functions ] [ -s | --basename ] [ -H | --help ] [ -V | --version ] [ addr addr ... ] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION addr2line + @code{addr2line} translates program addresses into file names and line numbers. Given an address and an executable, it uses the debugging information in the executable to figure out which file name and line @@ -1973,6 +2148,10 @@ If the file name or function name can not be determined, @code{addr2line} will print two question marks in their place. If the line number can not be determined, @code{addr2line} will print 0. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS addr2line + The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. @@ -2007,6 +2186,14 @@ Display function names as well as file and line number information. Display only the base of each file name. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO addr2line +Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node nlmconv @chapter nlmconv @@ -2027,15 +2214,21 @@ with the above formats.}. utilities, since it is only useful for NLM targets. @end quotation +@c man title nlmconv converts object code into an NLM. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS nlmconv nlmconv [ -I @var{bfdname} | --input-target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -O @var{bfdname} | --output-target=@var{bfdname} ] [ -T @var{headerfile} | --header-file=@var{headerfile} ] [ -d | --debug] [ -l @var{linker} | --linker=@var{linker} ] [ -h | --help ] [ -V | --version ] @var{infile} @var{outfile} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION nlmconv + @code{nlmconv} converts the relocatable @samp{i386} object file @var{infile} into the NetWare Loadable Module @var{outfile}, optionally reading @var{headerfile} for NLM header information. For instructions @@ -2044,14 +2237,20 @@ on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the Development and Tools Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc. @code{nlmconv} uses the @sc{gnu} Binary File Descriptor library to read -@var{infile}; see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for -more information. +@var{infile}; +@ifclear man +see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for more information. +@end ifclear @code{nlmconv} can perform a link step. In other words, you can list more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line). In this case, @code{nlmconv} calls the linker for you. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS nlmconv + @table @code @item -I @var{bfdname} @itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname} @@ -2092,6 +2291,14 @@ Prints a usage summary. Prints the version number for @code{nlmconv}. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO nlmconv +the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node windres @chapter windres @@ -2102,10 +2309,16 @@ Prints the version number for @code{nlmconv}. utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets. @end quotation +@c man title windres manipulate Windows resources. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS windres windres [options] [input-file] [output-file] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION windres + @code{windres} reads resources from an input file and copies them into an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats: @@ -2148,6 +2361,10 @@ to convert it to a COFF object file, and then link the COFF file into your application. This will make the resources described in the @code{rc} file available to Windows. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS windres + @table @code @item -i @var{filename} @itemx --input @var{filename} @@ -2233,6 +2450,13 @@ If @code{windres} is compiled with @code{YYDEBUG} defined as @code{1}, this will turn on parser debugging. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO windres +the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore @node dlltool @chapter Create files needed to build and use DLLs @@ -2247,7 +2471,10 @@ dynamic link libraries (DLLs). utilities, since it is only useful for those targets which support DLLs. @end quotation +@c man title dlltool Create files needed to build and use DLLs. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS dlltool dlltool [-d|--input-def @var{def-file-name}] [-b|--base-file @var{base-file-name}] [-e|--output-exp @var{exports-file-name}] @@ -2263,8 +2490,11 @@ dlltool [-d|--input-def @var{def-file-name}] [-x|--no-idata4] [-c|--no-idata5] [-i|--interwork] [-n|--nodelete] [-v|--verbose] [-h|--help] [-V|--version] [object-file @dots{}] +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION dlltool + @code{dlltool} reads its inputs, which can come from the @samp{-d} and @samp{-b} options as well as object files specified on the command line. It then processes these inputs and if the @samp{-e} option has @@ -2329,6 +2559,10 @@ that uses that DLL: gcc program.o dll.lib -o program @end smallexample +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS dlltool + The command line options have the following meanings: @table @code @@ -2478,13 +2712,24 @@ Displays dlltool's version number and then exits. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO dlltool +the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore + @node readelf @chapter readelf @cindex ELF file information @kindex readelf +@c man title readelf Displays information about ELF files. + @smallexample +@c man begin SYNOPSIS readelf readelf [ -a | --all ] [ -h | --file-header] [ -l | --program-headers | --segments] @@ -2503,8 +2748,11 @@ readelf [ -a | --all ] [ -v | --version] [ -H | --help] @var{elffile}@dots{} +@c man end @end smallexample +@c man begin DESCRIPTION readelf + @code{readelf} displays information about one or more ELF format object files. The options control what particular information to display. @@ -2512,6 +2760,10 @@ files. The options control what particular information to display. moment, @code{readelf} does not support examining archives, nor does it support examing 64 bit ELF files. +@c man end + +@c man begin OPTIONS readelf + The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are equivalent. At least one option besides @samp{-v} or @samp{-H} must be given. @@ -2612,6 +2864,13 @@ Display the command line options understood by @code{readelf}. @end table +@c man end + +@ignore +@c man begin SEEALSO readelf +objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}. +@c man end +@end ignore @node Selecting The Target System @chapter Selecting the target system diff --git a/binutils/cxxfilt.man b/binutils/cxxfilt.man index a985dc9..d8c1105 100644 --- a/binutils/cxxfilt.man +++ b/binutils/cxxfilt.man @@ -1,114 +1,327 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH @PROGRAM@ 1 "June 1993" "cygnus support" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.3 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 .. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME -@PROGRAM@ \- demangle C++ symbols - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B @PROGRAM@ -.RB "[\|" \-_ | \-\-strip-underscores "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm} " | " \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm}" "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" symbol "...\|]" -.SH DESCRIPTION -The C++ language provides function overloading, which means that you can -write many functions with the same name (providing each takes parameters -of different types). All C++ function names are encoded into a -low-level assembly label (this process is known as -.I mangling\c -). The -.B @PROGRAM@ -program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR) -low-level names into user-level names so that the linker can keep -these overloaded functions from clashing. +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH CXXFILT.MAN 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +cxxfilt \- Demangle \*(C+ and Java symbols. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +c++filt [ \-_ | --strip-underscores ] + [ \-j | --java ] + [ \-n | --no-strip-underscores ] + [ \-s \fIformat\fR | --format=\fIformat\fR ] + [ --help ] [ --version ] [ \fIsymbol\fR... ] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The \*(C+ and Java languages provides function overloading, which means +that you can write many functions with the same name (providing each +takes parameters of different types). All \*(C+ and Java function names +are encoded into a low-level assembly label (this process is known as +\fImangling\fR). The \f(CWc++filt\fR +[1] +program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR) low-level +names into user-level names so that the linker can keep these overloaded +functions from clashing. .PP Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores, dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential label. If the -label decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level +label decodes into a \*(C+ name, the \*(C+ name replaces the low-level name in the output. .PP -You can use -.B @PROGRAM@ -to decipher individual symbols by specifying these symbols on the -command line. +You can use \f(CWc++filt\fR to decipher individual symbols: .PP -If no -.B symbol -arguments are given, -.B @PROGRAM@ -reads symbol names from the standard input and writes the demangled -names to the standard output. All results are printed on the standard -output. -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-_ -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-underscores -On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an -underscore in front of every name. For example, the C name -.B foo -gets the low-level name -.BR _foo . -This option removes the leading underscore. - -.TP -.B "\-s {gnu,lucid,arm}" -.TP -.B \-\-format={gnu,lucid,arm} -GNU -.B nm -can decode three different methods of mangling, used by different C++ -compilers. This option selects which method it uses: the one used by -the GNU compiler, the one used by the Lucid compiler, or the one -specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual. The default is the -GNU style. - -.TP -.B \-\-help -Print a summary of the options to -.B @PROGRAM@ -and exit. - -.TP -.B \-\-version -Print the version number of -.B @PROGRAM@ -and exit. - +.Vb 2 +\& +\& c++filt I<symbol> +.Ve +If no \fIsymbol\fR arguments are given, \f(CWc++filt\fR reads symbol +names from the standard input and writes the demangled names to the +standard output. All results are printed on the standard output. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-_\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-underscores\fR" 4 +On some systems, both the C and \*(C+ compilers put an underscore in front +of every name. For example, the C name \f(CWfoo\fR gets the low-level +name \f(CW_foo\fR. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether +\f(CWc++filt\fR removes the underscore by default is target dependent. +.Ip "\f(CW-j\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--java\fR" 4 +Prints demangled names using Java syntax. The default is to use \*(C+ +syntax. +.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--no-strip-underscores\fR" 4 +Do not remove the initial underscore. +.Ip "\f(CW-s \fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--format=\fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +\s-1GNU\s0 \f(CWnm\fR can decode three different methods of mangling, used by +different \*(C+ compilers. The argument to this option selects which +method it uses: +.Ip "\f(CWgnu\fR" 8 +the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler (the default method) +.Ip "\f(CWlucid\fR" 8 +the one used by the Lucid compiler +.Ip "\f(CWarm\fR" 8 +the one specified by the \*(C+ Annotated Reference Manual +.Ip "\f(CWhp\fR" 8 +the one used by the \s-1HP\s0 compiler +.Ip "\f(CWedg\fR" 8 +the one used by the \s-1EDG\s0 compiler +.Ip "\f(CWgnu-new-abi\fR" 8 +the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 compiler with the new \s-1ABI\s0. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Print a summary of the options to \f(CWc++filt\fR and exit. +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Print the version number of \f(CWc++filt\fR and exit. +.SH "FOOTNOTES" +.Ip "1." 4 +\s-1MS\s0\-\s-1DOS\s0 does not allow \f(CW+\fR characters in file names, so on +\s-1MS\s0\-\s-1DOS\s0 this program is named \f(CWcxxfilt\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993). - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of -this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice -are preserved on all copies. +the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this -manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the -entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a -permission notice identical to this one. -.PP -Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this -manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified -versions, except that this permission notice may be included in -translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in -the original English. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "CXXFILT.MAN 1" +.IX Name "cxxfilt - Demangle C++ and Java symbols." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-_\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-underscores\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-j\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--java\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-strip-underscores\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-s \fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--format=\fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWgnu\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWlucid\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWarm\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWhp\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWedg\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWgnu-new-abi\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Header "FOOTNOTES" + +.IX Item "1." + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/dlltool.1 b/binutils/dlltool.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ddb5ca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/binutils/dlltool.1 @@ -0,0 +1,509 @@ +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R + +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH DLLTOOL.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +dlltool \- Create files needed to build and use DLLs. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +dlltool [\-d|--input-def \fIdef-file-name\fR] + [\-b|--base-file \fIbase-file-name\fR] + [\-e|--output-exp \fIexports-file-name\fR] + [\-z|--output-def \fIdef-file-name\fR] + [\-l|--output-lib \fIlibrary-file-name\fR] + [--export-all-symbols] [--no-export-all-symbols] + [--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR] + [--no-default-excludes] + [\-S|--as \fIpath-to-assembler\fR] [\-f|--as-flags \fIoptions\fR] + [\-D|--dllname \fIname\fR] [\-m|--machine \fImachine\fR] + [\-a|--add-indirect] [\-U|--add-underscore] [\-k|--kill-at] + [\-A|--add-stdcall-alias] + [\-x|--no-idata4] [\-c|--no-idata5] [\-i|--interwork] + [\-n|--nodelete] [\-v|--verbose] [\-h|--help] [\-V|--version] + [object-file ...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWdlltool\fR reads its inputs, which can come from the \fB\-d\fR and +\fB\-b\fR options as well as object files specified on the command +line. It then processes these inputs and if the \fB\-e\fR option has +been specified it creates a exports file. If the \fB\-l\fR option +has been specified it creates a library file and if the \fB\-z\fR option +has been specified it creates a def file. Any or all of the \-e, \-l +and \-z options can be present in one invocation of dlltool. +.PP +When creating a DLL, along with the source for the DLL, it is necessary +to have three other files. \f(CWdlltool\fR can help with the creation of +these files. +.PP +The first file is a \fB.def\fR file which specifies which functions are +exported from the DLL, which functions the DLL imports, and so on. This +is a text file and can be created by hand, or \f(CWdlltool\fR can be used +to create it using the \fB\-z\fR option. In this case \f(CWdlltool\fR +will scan the object files specified on its command line looking for +those functions which have been specially marked as being exported and +put entries for them in the .def file it creates. +.PP +In order to mark a function as being exported from a DLL, it needs to +have an \fB\-export:<name_of_function>\fR entry in the \fB.drectve\fR +section of the object file. This can be done in C by using the +\fIasm()\fR operator: +.PP +.Vb 5 +\& +\& asm (".section .drectve"); +\& asm (".ascii \e"-export:my_func\e""); +\& +\& int my_func (void) { ... } +.Ve +The second file needed for DLL creation is an exports file. This file +is linked with the object files that make up the body of the DLL and it +handles the interface between the DLL and the outside world. This is a +binary file and it can be created by giving the \fB\-e\fR option to +\f(CWdlltool\fR when it is creating or reading in a .def file. +.PP +The third file needed for DLL creation is the library file that programs +will link with in order to access the functions in the DLL. This file +can be created by giving the \fB\-l\fR option to dlltool when it +is creating or reading in a .def file. +.PP +\f(CWdlltool\fR builds the library file by hand, but it builds the +exports file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements +and then assembling these. The \fB\-S\fR command line option can be +used to specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use, +and the \fB\-f\fR option can be used to pass specific flags to that +assembler. The \fB\-n\fR can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting +these temporary assembler files when it is done, and if \fB\-n\fR is +specified twice then this will prevent dlltool from deleting the +temporary object files it used to build the library. +.PP +Here is an example of creating a DLL from a source file \fBdll.c\fR and +also creating a program (from an object file called \fBprogram.o\fR) +that uses that DLL: +.PP +.Vb 5 +\& +\& gcc -c dll.c +\& dlltool -e exports.o -l dll.lib dll.o +\& gcc dll.o exports.o -o dll.dll +\& gcc program.o dll.lib -o program +.Ve +.SH "OPTIONS" +The command line options have the following meanings: +.Ip "\f(CW-d \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name of a .def file to be read in and processed. +.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--base-file \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The +contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in the +exports file generated by dlltool. +.Ip "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-exp \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool. +.Ip "\f(CW-z \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name of the .def file to be created by dlltool. +.Ip "\f(CW-l \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-lib \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool. +.Ip "\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR" 4 +Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object +files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols which +are not exported by default; see the \f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR +option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using the +\f(CW--exclude-symbols\fR option. +.Ip "\f(CW--no-export-all-symbols\fR" 4 +Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input .def file or in +\&\fB.drectve\fR sections in the input object files. This is the default +behaviour. The \fB.drectve\fR sections are created by \fBdllexport\fR +attributes in the source code. +.Ip "\f(CW--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR\fR" 4 +Do not export the symbols in \fIlist\fR. This is a list of symbol names +separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should not +contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when +\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR" 4 +When \f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used, it will by default avoid +exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to avoid +exporting is \fBDllMain@12\fR, \fBDllEntryPoint@0\fR, +\fBimpure_ptr\fR. You may use the \f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR option +to go ahead and export these special symbols. This is only meaningful +when \f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW-S \fIpath\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--as \fIpath\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be used +to create the exports file. +.Ip "\f(CW-f \fIswitches\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--as-flags \fIswitches\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies any specific command line switches to be passed to the +assembler when building the exports file. This option will work even if +the \fB\-S\fR option is not used. This option only takes one argument, +and if it occurs more than once on the command line, then later +occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if it is necessary to +pass multiple switches to the assembler they should be enclosed in +double quotes. +.Ip "\f(CW-D \fIname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--dll-name \fIname\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the name to be stored in the .def file as the name of the \s-1DLL\s0 +when the \fB\-e\fR option is used. If this option is not present, then +the filename given to the \fB\-e\fR option will be used as the name of +the \s-1DLL\s0. +.Ip "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-machine \fImachine\fR\fR" 4 +Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be +built. \f(CWdlltool\fR has a built in default type, depending upon how +it was created, but this option can be used to override that. This is +normally only useful when creating DLLs for an \s-1ARM\s0 processor, when the +contents of the \s-1DLL\s0 are actually encode using \s-1THUMB\s0 instructions. +.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--add-indirect\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it +should add a section which allows the exported functions to be +referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell that +means! +.Ip "\f(CW-U\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--add-underscore\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it +should prepend an underscore to the names of the exported functions. +.Ip "\f(CW-k\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--kill-at\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it +should not append the string \fB@ <number>\fR. These numbers are +called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing the +function in a \s-1DLL\s0, other than by name. +.Ip "\f(CW-A\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--add-stdcall-alias\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it +should add aliases for stdcall symbols without \fB@ <number>\fR +in addition to the symbols with \fB@ <number>\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--no-idata4\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library +files it should omit the .idata4 section. This is for compatibility +with certain operating systems. +.Ip "\f(CW-c\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--no-idata5\fR" 4 +Specifies that when \f(CWdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library +files it should omit the .idata5 section. This is for compatibility +with certain operating systems. +.Ip "\f(CW-i\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--interwork\fR" 4 +Specifies that \f(CWdlltool\fR should mark the objects in the library +file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking +between \s-1ARM\s0 and \s-1THUMB\s0 code. +.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--nodelete\fR" 4 +Makes \f(CWdlltool\fR preserve the temporary assembler files it used to +create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool will +also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create the library +file. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--verbose\fR" 4 +Make dlltool describe what it is doing. +.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Displays a list of command line options and then exits. +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Displays dlltool's version number and then exits. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "DLLTOOL.1 1" +.IX Name "dlltool - Create files needed to build and use DLLs." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-d \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--base-file \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-e \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-exp \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-z \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-def \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-l \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-lib \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--export-all-symbols\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-export-all-symbols\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--exclude-symbols \fIlist\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-default-excludes\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-S \fIpath\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--as \fIpath\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-f \fIswitches\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--as-flags \fIswitches\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-D \fIname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--dll-name \fIname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-machine \fImachine\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--add-indirect\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-U\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--add-underscore\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-k\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--kill-at\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-A\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--add-stdcall-alias\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-idata4\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-c\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-idata5\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-i\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--interwork\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--nodelete\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--verbose\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/nlmconv.1 b/binutils/nlmconv.1 index 35bdeb9..7590b66 100644 --- a/binutils/nlmconv.1 +++ b/binutils/nlmconv.1 @@ -1,472 +1,301 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH nlmconv 1 "March 1996" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. - -.SH NAME -nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B nlmconv -.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fB\ |\ \-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fB\ |\ \-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-T\ \fIheaderfile\fB\ |\ \-\-header\-file=\fIheaderfile\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]" -.B infile -.B outfile -.SH DESCRIPTION -.B nlmconv -converts the relocatable object file -.B infile -into the NetWare Loadable Module -.BR outfile , -optionally reading -.I headerfile -for NLM header information. For instructions on writing the NLM -command file language used in header files, see -.IR "The NetWare Tool Maker Specification Manual" , -available from Novell, Inc. -.B nlmconv -currently works with i386 object files in -.BR COFF , -.BR ELF , -or -.B a.out -format, and with SPARC object files in -.B ELF -or -.B a.out -format. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip .br -.B nlmconv -uses the GNU Binary File Descriptor library to read -.IR infile . -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname -Consider the source file's object format to be -.IR bfdname , -rather than attempting to deduce it. -.TP -.B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname -Write the output file using the object format -.IR bfdname . -.B nlmconv -infers the output format based on the input format, e.g. for an i386 -input file the output format is -.IR nlm32\-i386 . -.TP -.B \-T \fIheaderfile\fR, \fB\-\-header\-file=\fIheaderfile -Reads -.I headerfile -for NLM header information. For instructions on writing the NLM -command file language used in header files, see -.IR "The NetWare Tool Maker Specification Manual" , -available from Novell, Inc. -.TP -.B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version -Show the version number of -.B nlmconv -and exit. -.TP -.B \-h\fR, \fB\-\-help -Show a summary of the options to -.B nlmconv -and exit. -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993). +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH NLMCONV.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +nlmconv [ \-I \fIbfdname\fR | --input-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-O \fIbfdname\fR | --output-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-T \fIheaderfile\fR | --header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR ] + [ \-d | --debug] [ \-l \fIlinker\fR | --linker=\fIlinker\fR ] + [ \-h | --help ] [ \-V | --version ] + \fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWnlmconv\fR converts the relocatable \fBi386\fR object file +\fIinfile\fR into the NetWare Loadable Module \fIoutfile\fR, optionally +reading \fIheaderfile\fR for NLM header information. For instructions +on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the +\fBlinkers\fR section, \fBNLMLINK\fR in particular, of the \fINLM +Development and Tools Overview\fR, which is part of the NLM Software +Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc. +\f(CWnlmconv\fR uses the GNU Binary File Descriptor library to read +\fIinfile\fR; +.PP +\f(CWnlmconv\fR can perform a link step. In other words, you can list +more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions +file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line). +In this case, \f(CWnlmconv\fR calls the linker for you. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Object format of the input file. \f(CWnlmconv\fR can usually determine +the format of a given file (so no default is necessary). +.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Object format of the output file. \f(CWnlmconv\fR infers the output +format based on the input format, e.g. for a \fBi386\fR input file the +output format is \fBnlm32-i386\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-T \fIheaderfile\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR\fR" 4 +Reads \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions on +writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see see the +\fBlinkers\fR section, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0 Development and Tools +Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software Developer's Kit, available +from Novell, Inc. +.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--debug\fR" 4 +Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by \f(CWnlmconv\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-l \fIlinker\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--linker=\fIlinker\fR\fR" 4 +Use \fIlinker\fR for any linking. \fIlinker\fR can be an absolute or a +relative pathname. +.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Prints a usage summary. +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Prints the version number for \f(CWnlmconv\fR. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documenation License. That license is described in the GNU Free -Documentation License section. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "NLMCONV.1 1" +.IX Name "nlmconv - converts object code into an NLM." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-T \fIheaderfile\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--header-file=\fIheaderfile\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR" -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Item "\f(CW--debug\fR" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\f(CW-l \fIlinker\fR\fR" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--linker=\fIlinker\fR\fR" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/nm.1 b/binutils/nm.1 index 48fefe5..bf7daa9 100644 --- a/binutils/nm.1 +++ b/binutils/nm.1 @@ -1,589 +1,264 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH nm 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME -nm \- list symbols from object files. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B nm -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-debug\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-g | \-\-extern\-only "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-B "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-dynamic "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-print\-armap "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-n | \-\-numeric\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-no\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reverse\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-size\-sort "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-u | \-\-undefined\-only "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-t \fIradix" | \-\-radix=\fIradix "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-P | --portability "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-f \fIformat" | \-\-format=\fIformat "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \c -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|.\|] -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -GNU \c -.B nm\c -\& lists the symbols from object files \c -.I objfile\c -\&. If no object files are given as arguments, \c -.B nm\c -\& assumes `\|\c -.B a.out\c -\|'. - -.SH OPTIONS -The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are -equivalent. - -.TP -.B \-A -.TP -.B \-o -.TP -.B \-\-print\-file\-name -Precede each symbol by the name of the input file where it was found, -rather than identifying the input file once only before all of its -symbols. - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-debug\-syms -Display debugger-only symbols; normally these are not listed. - -.TP -.B \-B -The same as -.B \-\-format=bsd -(for compatibility with the MIPS \fBnm\fP). - -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names. -Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes C++ function names readable. - -.TP -.B \-D -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic -Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is -only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared -libraries. - -.TP -.B "\-f \fIformat" -Use the output format \fIformat\fP, which can be ``bsd'', -``sysv'', or ``posix''. The default is ``bsd''. -Only the first character of \fIformat\fP is significant; it can be -either upper or lower case. - -.TP -.B \-g -.TP -.B \-\-extern\-only -Display only external symbols. - -.TP -.B \-n -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-numeric\-sort -Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, not alphabetically by their -names. - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-no\-sort -Don't bother to sort the symbols in any order; just print them in the -order encountered. - -.TP -.B \-P -.TP -.B \-\-portability -Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format. -Equivalent to ``\-f posix''. - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-print\-armap -When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping -(stored in the archive by \c -.B ar\c -\& or \c -.B ranlib\c -\&) of what modules -contain definitions for what names. - -.TP -.B \-r -.TP -.B \-\-reverse\-sort -Reverse the sense of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the -last come first. - -.TP -.B \-\-size\-sort -Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference between -the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher -value. The size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value. - -.TP -.B "\-t \fIradix" -.TP -.B "\-\-radix=\fIradix" -Use \fIradix\fP as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be -``d'' for decimal, ``o'' for octal, or ``x'' for hexadecimal. - -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" -Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. -See -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -for information on listing available formats. - -.TP -.B \-u -.TP -.B \-\-undefined\-only -Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file). - -.TP -.B \-l -.TP -.B \-\-line\-numbers -For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and -line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the -address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line -number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number -information can be found, print it after the other symbol information. - -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -Show the version number of -.B nm -and exit. +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH NM.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +nm \- list symbols from object files +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +nm [ \-a | --debug-syms ] [ \-g | --extern-only ] + [ \-B ] [ \-C | --demangle[=\fIstyle\fR] ] [ \-D | --dynamic ] + [ \-s | --print-armap ] [ \-A | \-o | --print-file-name ] + [ \-n | \-v | --numeric-sort ] [ \-p | --no-sort ] + [ \-r | --reverse-sort ] [ --size-sort ] [ \-u | --undefined-only ] + [ \-t \fIradix\fR | --radix=\fIradix\fR ] [ \-P | --portability ] + [ --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] [ \-f \fIformat\fR | --format=\fIformat\fR ] + [ --defined-only ] [\-l | --line-numbers ] [ --no-demangle ] + [ \-V | --version ] [ \-X 32_64 ] [ --help ] [ \fIobjfile\fR... ] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +GNU \f(CWnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR.... +If no object files are listed as arguments, \f(CWnm\fR assumes the file +\fIa.out\fR. +.PP +For each symbol, \f(CWnm\fR shows: +.Ip "\(bu" 4 +The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or +hexadecimal by default. +.Ip "\(bu" 4 +The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as +well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is +local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external). +.Ip "\f(CWA\fR" 8 +The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further +linking. +.Ip "\f(CWB\fR" 8 +The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as \s-1BSS\s0). +.Ip "\f(CWC\fR" 8 +The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When +linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the +symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined +references. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.Sp +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". -.TP -.B \-\-help -Show a summary of the options to -.B nm -and exit. +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "NM.1 1" +.IX Name "nm - list symbols from object files" -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar "(" 1 ")," -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -.BR ranlib "(" 1 ")." +.IX Header "NAME" +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\(bu" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\(bu" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWA\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWB\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CWC\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Header "OPTIONS" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/objcopy.1 b/binutils/objcopy.1 index 6535eab..2e52d08 100644 --- a/binutils/objcopy.1 +++ b/binutils/objcopy.1 @@ -1,701 +1,633 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH objcopy 1 "05 April 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.10 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH OBJCOPY.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" objcopy \- copy and translate object files - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B objcopy -.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-j\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-L\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-W\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-b\ \fIbyte\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-i\ \fIinterleave\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-start=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-addresses=\fIincr\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-change\-leading\-char\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-len=\fIval\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-srec\-forceS3\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-weaken\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v\ |\ \-\-verbose\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\ |\ \-\-version\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help\fR "\|]" -.B infile -.RB "[\|" outfile\fR "\|]" -.SH DESCRIPTION -The GNU -.B objcopy -utility copies the contents of an object file to another. -.B objcopy -uses the GNU BFD Library to read and write the object files. It can -write the destination object file in a format different from that of -the source object file. The exact behavior of -.B objcopy -is controlled by command-line options. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +objcopy [ \-F \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-I \fIbfdname\fR | --input-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-O \fIbfdname\fR | --output-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-B \fIbfdarch\fR | --binary-architecture=\fIbfdarch\fR ] + [ \-S | --strip-all ] [ \-g | --strip-debug ] + [ \-K \fIsymbolname\fR | --keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-N \fIsymbolname\fR | --strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-L \fIsymbolname\fR | --localize-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-W \fIsymbolname\fR | --weaken-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-x | --discard-all ] [ \-X | --discard-locals ] + [ \-b \fIbyte\fR | --byte=\fIbyte\fR ] + [ \-i \fIinterleave\fR | --interleave=\fIinterleave\fR ] + [ \-j \fIsectionname\fR | --only-section=\fIsectionname\fR ] + [ \-R \fIsectionname\fR | --remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR ] + [ \-p | --preserve-dates ] [ --debugging ] + [ --gap-fill=\fIval\fR ] [ --pad-to=\fIaddress\fR ] + [ --set-start=\fIval\fR ] [ --adjust-start=\fIincr\fR ] + [ --change-addresses=\fIincr\fR ] + [ --change-section-address \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR ] + [ --change-section-lma \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR ] + [ --change-section-vma \fIsection\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR ] + [ --change-warnings ] [ --no-change-warnings ] + [ --set-section-flags \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR ] + [ --add-section \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR ] + [ --change-leading-char ] [ --remove-leading-char ] + [ --srec-len=\fIival\fR ] [ --srec-forceS3 ] + [ --redefine-sym \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR ] [ --weaken ] + [ \-v | --verbose ] [ \-V | --version ] [ --help ] + \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The GNU \f(CWobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object +file to another. \f(CWobjcopy\fR uses the GNU BFD Library to +read and write the object files. It can write the destination object +file in a format different from that of the source object file. The +exact behavior of \f(CWobjcopy\fR is controlled by command-line options. +Note that \f(CWobjcopy\fR should be able to copy a fully linked file +between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file +between any two formats may not work as expected. .PP -.B objcopy -creates temporary files to do its translations and deletes them -afterward. -.B objcopy -uses BFD to do all its translation work; it knows about all the -formats BFD knows about, and thus is able to recognize most formats -without being told explicitly. +\f(CWobjcopy\fR creates temporary files to do its translations and +deletes them afterward. \f(CWobjcopy\fR uses BFD to do all its +translation work; it has access to all the formats described in BFD +and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told +explicitly. .PP -.B objcopy -can be used to generate S-records by using an output target of -.B srec -(e.g., use -.B -O srec). +\f(CWobjcopy\fR can be used to generate S\-records by using an output +target of \fBsrec\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O srec\fR). .PP -.B objcopy -can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an output target of -.B binary -(e.g., use -.B -O binary). -When -.B objcopy -generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce a memory dump -of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and relocation -information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at the -virtual address of the lowest section copied into the output file. +\f(CWobjcopy\fR can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an +output target of \fBbinary\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O binary\fR). When +\f(CWobjcopy\fR generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce +a memory dump of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and +relocation information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at +the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file. .PP -When generating an S-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to -use -.B -S -to remove sections containing debugging information. In some cases -.B -R -will be useful to remove sections which contain information which is -not needed by the binary file. +When generating an S\-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to +use \fB\-S\fR to remove sections containing debugging information. In +some cases \fB\-R\fR will be useful to remove sections which contain +information that is not needed by the binary file. .PP -.I infile -and -.I outfile -are the source and output files respectively. If you do not specify -.IR outfile , -.B objcopy -creates a temporary file and destructively renames the result with the -name of the input file. - -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-I \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname -Consider the source file's object format to be -.IR bfdname , -rather than attempting to deduce it. -.TP -.B \-O \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname -Write the output file using the object format -.IR bfdname . -.TP -.B \-F \fIbfdname\fR, \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname -Use -.I bfdname -as the object format for both the input and the output file; i.e. -simply transfer data from source to destination with no translation. -.TP -.B \-j \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-only\-section=\fIsectionname -Copy only the named section from the input file to the output file, -discarding all other sections. This option may be given more than -once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the output -file unusable. -.TP -.B \-R \fIsectionname\fR, \fB\-\-remove-section=\fIsectionname -Remove the named section from the file. This option may be given more -than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the -output file unusable. -.TP -.B \-S\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-all +Note \- \f(CWobjcopy\fR is not able to change the endianness of its input +files. If the input format has an endianness, (some formats do not), +\f(CWobjcopy\fR can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the +same endianness or which have no endianness (eg \fBsrec\fR). +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW\fIinfile\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW\fIoutfile\fR\fR" 4 +The input and output files, respectively. +If you do not specify \fIoutfile\fR, \f(CWobjcopy\fR creates a +temporary file and destructively renames the result with +the name of \fIinfile\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Consider the source file's object format to be \fIbfdname\fR, rather than +attempting to deduce it. +.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Write the output file using the object format \fIbfdname\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Use \fIbfdname\fR as the object format for both the input and the output +file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no +translation. +.Ip "\f(CW-B \fIbfdarch\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--binary-architecture=\fIbfdarch\fR\fR" 4 +Useful when transforming a raw binary input file into an object file. +In this case the output architecture can be set to \fIbfdarch\fR. This +option will be ignored if the input file has a known \fIbfdarch\fR. You +can access this binary data inside a program by referencing the special +symbols that are created by the conversion process. These symbols are +called _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_start, _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_end and +_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_size. e.g. you can transform a picture file into +an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols. +.Ip "\f(CW-j \fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--only-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +Copy only the named section from the input file to the output file. +This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option +inappropriately may make the output file unusable. +.Ip "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This +option may be given more than once. Note that using this option +inappropriately may make the output file unusable. +.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-all\fR" 4 Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file. -.TP -.B \-g\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-debug +.Ip "\f(CW-g\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR" 4 Do not copy debugging symbols from the source file. -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-unneeded +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR" 4 Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing. -.TP -.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option +.Ip "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may +be given more than once. +.Ip "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be given more than once. -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option -may be given more than once. -.TP -.B \-L \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fP local to the file, so that it is not +.Ip "\f(CW-L \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--localize-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR local to the file, so that it is not visible externally. This option may be given more than once. -.TP -.B \-W \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fP weak. This option may be given more than once. -.TP -.B \-x\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-all +.Ip "\f(CW-W \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--weaken-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR weak. This option may be given more than once. +.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--discard-all\fR" 4 Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file. -.TP -.B \-X\fR, \fB\-\-discard\-locals -Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start -with "L" or "."). -.TP -.B \-b \fIbyte\fR, \fB\-\-byte=\fIbyte -Keep only every \fIbyte\fPth byte of the input file (header data is -not affected). \fIbyte\fP can be in the range from 0 to the -interleave-1. This option is useful for creating files to program -ROMs. It is typically used with an srec output target. -.TP -.B \-i \fIinterleave\fR, \fB\-\-interleave=\fIinterleave -Only copy one out of every \fIinterleave\fP bytes. Which one to copy is -selected by the \fB\-b\fP or \fB\-\-byte\fP option. The default is 4. -The interleave is ignored if neither \fB\-b\fP nor \fB\-\-byte\fP is given. -.TP -.B \-p\fR, \fB\-\-preserve\-dates +.Ip "\f(CW-X\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR" 4 +Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. +(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.) +.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIbyte\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--byte=\fIbyte\fR\fR" 4 +Keep only every \fIbyte\fRth byte of the input file (header data is not +affected). \fIbyte\fR can be in the range from 0 to \fIinterleave\fR\-1, +where \fIinterleave\fR is given by the \fB\-i\fR or \fB--interleave\fR +option, or the default of 4. This option is useful for creating files +to program \s-1ROM\s0. It is typically used with an \f(CWsrec\fR output +target. +.Ip "\f(CW-i \fIinterleave\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--interleave=\fIinterleave\fR\fR" 4 +Only copy one out of every \fIinterleave\fR bytes. Select which byte to +copy with the \fI\-b\fR or \fB--byte\fR option. The default is 4. +\f(CWobjcopy\fR ignores this option if you do not specify either \fB\-b\fR or +\fB--byte\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-p\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR" 4 Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same as those of the input file. -.TP -.B \-\-debugging +.Ip "\f(CW--debugging\fR" 4 Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the default because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the conversion process can be time consuming. -.TP -.B \-\-gap\-fill=\fIval -Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fP. This operation applies to -the \fIload address\fP (LMA) of the sections. It is done by increasing +.Ip "\f(CW--gap-fill \fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fR. This operation applies to +the \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) of the sections. It is done by increasing the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra -space created with \fIval\fP. -.TP -.B \-\-pad\-to=\fIaddress -Pad the output file up to the load address \fIaddress\fP. This is +space created with \fIval\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW--pad-to \fIaddress\fR\fR" 4 +Pad the output file up to the load address \fIaddress\fR. This is done by increasing the size of the last section. The extra space is -filled in with the value specified by \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fP (default -zero). -.TP -.B \fB\-\-set\-start=\fIval -Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fP. Not all object -file formats support setting the start address. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-start=\fIincr\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fIincr -Changes the start address by adding \fIincr\fP. Not all object file +filled in with the value specified by \fB--gap-fill\fR (default zero). +.Ip "\f(CW--set-start \fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fR. Not all object file +formats support setting the start address. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-start \fIincr\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--adjust-start \fIincr\fR\fR" 4 +Change the start address by adding \fIincr\fR. Not all object file formats support setting the start address. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-addresses=\fIincr\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fIincr -Changes the address of all sections, as well as the start address, by -adding \fIincr\fP. Some object file formats do not permit section -addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not relocate -the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a +.Ip "\f(CW--change-addresses \fIincr\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--adjust-vma \fIincr\fR\fR" 4 +Change the \s-1VMA\s0 and \s-1LMA\s0 addresses of all sections, as well as the start +address, by adding \fIincr\fR. Some object file formats do not permit +section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not +relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such -that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -Set or changes the VMA and LMA addresses of the named \fIsection\fP. -If \fI=\fP is used, the section address is set to \fIval\fP. -Otherwise, \fIval\fP is added to or subtracted from the section -address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fP, above. If -\fIsection\fP does not exist in the input file, a warning will be -issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP is used. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -Set or change the LMA address of the named \fIsection\fP. If \fI=\fP is -used, the section address is set to \fIval\fP. Otherwise, \fIval\fP -is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the comments -under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fP, above. If \fIsection\fP does not exist -in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless -\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP is used. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\ \fIsection{=,+,-}val -Set or change the VMA address of the named \fIsection\fP. If \fI=\fP is -used, the section address is set to \fIval\fP. Otherwise, \fIval\fP -is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the comments -under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fP, above. If \fIsection\fP does not exist -in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless -\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fP is used. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-adjust\-warnings -If \fB\-\-change\-section\-XXX\fP is used, and the named section does -not exist, issue a warning. This is the default. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR, \fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings -Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-change\-section\-XXX\fP is used, even -if the named section does not exist. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\ \fIsection=flags -Set the flags for the named section. The \fIflags\fP argument is a +that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-section-address \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--adjust-section-vma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Set or change both the \s-1VMA\s0 address and the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named +\fIsection\fR. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to +\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the +section address. See the comments under \fB--change-addresses\fR, +above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning will +be issued, unless \fB--no-change-warnings\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-section-lma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Set or change the \s-1LMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR. The \s-1LMA\s0 +address is the address where the section will be loaded into memory at +program load time. Normally this is the same as the \s-1VMA\s0 address, which +is the address of the section at program run time, but on some systems, +especially those where a program is held in \s-1ROM\s0, the two can be +different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to +\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the +section address. See the comments under \fB--change-addresses\fR, +above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in the input file, a warning +will be issued, unless \fB--no-change-warnings\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-section-vma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Set or change the \s-1VMA\s0 address of the named \fIsection\fR. The \s-1VMA\s0 +address is the address where the section will be located once the +program has started executing. Normally this is the same as the \s-1LMA\s0 +address, which is the address where the section will be loaded into +memory, but on some systems, especially those where a program is held in +\s-1ROM\s0, the two can be different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address +is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted +from the section address. See the comments under +\fB--change-addresses\fR, above. If \fIsection\fR does not exist in +the input file, a warning will be issued, unless +\fB--no-change-warnings\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-warnings\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--adjust-warnings\fR" 4 +If \fB--change-section-address\fR or \fB--change-section-lma\fR or +\fB--change-section-vma\fR is used, and the named section does not +exist, issue a warning. This is the default. +.Ip "\f(CW--no-change-warnings\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--no-adjust-warnings\fR" 4 +Do not issue a warning if \fB--change-section-address\fR or +\fB--adjust-section-lma\fR or \fB--adjust-section-vma\fR is used, even +if the named section does not exist. +.Ip "\f(CW--set-section-flags \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR\fR" 4 +Set the flags for the named section. The \fIflags\fR argument is a comma separated string of flag names. The recognized names are -\fIalloc\fP, \fIcontents\fP, \fIload\fP, \fInoload\fP, \fIreadonly\fP, -\fIcode\fP, \fIdata\fP, \fIrom\fP, \fIshare\fP, and \fIdebug\fP. Not -all flags are meaningful for all object file formats. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-add\-section\ \fIsectionname=filename +\fBalloc\fR, \fBcontents\fR, \fBload\fR, \fBnoload\fR, +\fBreadonly\fR, \fBcode\fR, \fBdata\fR, \fBrom\fR, \fBshare\fR, and +\fBdebug\fR. You can set the \fBcontents\fR flag for a section which +does not have contents, but it is not meaningful to clear the +\fBcontents\fR flag of a section which does have contents\*(--just remove +the section instead. Not all flags are meaningful for all object file +formats. +.Ip "\f(CW--add-section \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 Add a new section named \fIsectionname\fR while copying the file. The -contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR. -The size of the section will be the size of the file. This option -only works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary -names. -.TP -.B \-\-change\-leading\-char +contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR. The +size of the section will be the size of the file. This option only +works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names. +.Ip "\f(CW--change-leading-char\fR" 4 Some object file formats use special characters at the start of symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which compilers -often add before every symbol. This option tells -.B objcopy -to change the leading character of every symbol when it converts -between object file formats. If the object file formats use the same -leading character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add -a character, or remove a character, or change a character, as +often add before every symbol. This option tells \f(CWobjcopy\fR to +change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between +object file formats. If the object file formats use the same leading +character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add a +character, or remove a character, or change a character, as appropriate. -.TP -.B \-\-remove\-leading\-char +.Ip "\f(CW--remove-leading-char\fR" 4 If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading character used by the object file format, remove the character. The most common symbol leading character is underscore. This option will -remove a leading underscore from all global symbols. This can be -useful if you want to link together objects of different file formats -with different conventions for symbol names. This is different from -\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fP because it always changes the symbol name +remove a leading underscore from all global symbols. This can be useful +if you want to link together objects of different file formats with +different conventions for symbol names. This is different from +\f(CW--change-leading-char\fR because it always changes the symbol name when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output -.TP -.B \fB\-\-srec\-len=\fIval -Meaningful only for srec output. Set the length of the Srecords to \fIval\fP. -This length covers both the address, data and crc fields. -.TP -.B \fB\-\-srec\-forceS3 -Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records, creating -S3-only record format. -.TP -.B \-\-redefine\-sym\ \fIold=new -Change the name of symbol \fIold\fR to \fInew\fR. This can be useful +file. +.Ip "\f(CW--srec-len=\fIival\fR\fR" 4 +Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the Srecords +being produced to \fIival\fR. This length covers both address, data and +crc fields. +.Ip "\f(CW--srec-forceS3\fR" 4 +Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records, +creating S3-only record format. +.Ip "\f(CW--redefine-sym \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR\fR" 4 +Change the name of a symbol \fIold\fR, to \fInew\fR. This can be useful when one is trying link two things together for which you have no source, and there are name collisions. -.TP -.B \-\-weaken -Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. -.TP -.B \-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose +.Ip "\f(CW--weaken\fR" 4 +Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be useful +when building an object which will be linked against other objects using +the \f(CW-R\fR option to the linker. This option is only effective when +using an object file format which supports weak symbols. +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Show the version number of \f(CWobjcopy\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--verbose\fR" 4 Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of -archives, "\fBobjcopy \-V\fR" lists all members of the archive. -.TP -.B \-V\fR, \fB\-\-version -Show the version number of -.B objcopy -and exit. -.TP -.B \-\-help -Show a summary of the options to -.B objcopy -and exit. +archives, \fBobjcopy \-V\fR lists all members of the archive. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Show a summary of the options to \f(CWobjcopy\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (June 1993). - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +\fIld\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "OBJCOPY.1 1" +.IX Name "objcopy - copy and translate object files" + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW\fIinfile\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW\fIoutfile\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-B \fIbfdarch\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--binary-architecture=\fIbfdarch\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-j \fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--only-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-g\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-L \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--localize-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-W \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--weaken-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-X\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIbyte\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--byte=\fIbyte\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-i \fIinterleave\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--interleave=\fIinterleave\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-p\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--debugging\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--gap-fill \fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--pad-to \fIaddress\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--set-start \fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-start \fIincr\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--adjust-start \fIincr\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-addresses \fIincr\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--adjust-vma \fIincr\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-section-address \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--adjust-section-vma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-section-lma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-section-vma \fIsection\fR{=,+,-}\fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-warnings\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--adjust-warnings\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-change-warnings\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-adjust-warnings\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--set-section-flags \fIsection\fR=\fIflags\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--add-section \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--change-leading-char\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--remove-leading-char\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--srec-len=\fIival\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--srec-forceS3\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--redefine-sym \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--weaken\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--verbose\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/objdump.1 b/binutils/objdump.1 index 1807534..d43cd48 100644 --- a/binutils/objdump.1 +++ b/binutils/objdump.1 @@ -1,772 +1,580 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH objdump 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 .. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH OBJDUMP.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" objdump \- display information from object files. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B objdump -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\-archive\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-b\ "\c -.I bfdname\c -.RB " | " "\-\-target="\c -.I bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-C | \-\-demangle "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-debugging "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-d | \-\-disassemble "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-D | \-\-disassemble-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-disassemble\-zeroes "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-EB | \-EL | \-\-endian=\c -.I {big|little}\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-file\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-h | \-\-section\-headers -.RB "| " \-\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-i | \-\-info "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-j\ "\c -.I section\c -.RB " | " "\-\-section="\c -.I section\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-l | \-\-line\-numbers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-m\ "\c -.I machine\c -.RB " | " "\-\-architecture="\c -.I machine\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-p | \-\-private\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-prefix\-addresses "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-r | \-\-reloc "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R | \-\-dynamic\-reloc "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s | \-\-full\-contents "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S | \-\-source "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-stabs "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-t | \-\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-T | \-\-dynamic\-syms "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x | \-\-all\-headers "\|]" -.RB "[\|" "\-\-start\-address="\c -.I address\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" "\-\-stop\-address="\c -.I address\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" "\-\-adjust\-vma="\c -.I offset\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -\c -.B objdump\c -\& displays information about one or more object files. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +objdump [ \-a | --archive-headers ] + [ \-b \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-C | --demangle[=\fIstyle\fR] ] + [ \-d | --disassemble ] + [ \-D | --disassemble-all ] + [ \-z | --disassemble-zeroes ] + [ \-EB | \-EL | --endian={big | little } ] + [ \-f | --file-headers ] + [ --file-start-context ] + [ \-g | --debugging ] + [ \-h | --section-headers | --headers ] + [ \-i | --info ] + [ \-j \fIsection\fR | --section=\fIsection\fR ] + [ \-l | --line-numbers ] + [ \-S | --source ] + [ \-m \fImachine\fR | --architecture=\fImachine\fR ] + [ \-M \fIoptions\fR | --disassembler-options=\fIoptions\fR] + [ \-p | --private-headers ] + [ \-r | --reloc ] + [ \-R | --dynamic-reloc ] + [ \-s | --full-contents ] + [ \-G | --stabs ] + [ \-t | --syms ] + [ \-T | --dynamic-syms ] + [ \-x | --all-headers ] + [ \-w | --wide ] + [ --start-address=\fIaddress\fR ] + [ --stop-address=\fIaddress\fR ] + [ --prefix-addresses] + [ --[no-]show-raw-insn ] + [ --adjust-vma=\fIoffset\fR ] + [ \-V | --version ] + [ \-H | --help ] + \fIobjfile\fR... +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWobjdump\fR displays information about one or more object files. The options control what particular information to display. This information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their program to compile and work. .PP -.IR "objfile" .\|.\|. -are the object files to be examined. When you specify archives, -\c -.B objdump\c -\& shows information on each of the member object files. - -.SH OPTIONS -Where long and short forms of an option are shown together, they are -equivalent. At least one option besides -.B \-l -(\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fP) must be given. - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-archive\-headers -If any files from \c -.I objfile\c -\& are archives, display the archive -header information (in a format similar to `\|\c -.B ls \-l\c -\|'). Besides the -information you could list with `\|\c -.B ar tv\c -\|', `\|\c -.B objdump \-a\c -\|' shows +\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined. When you +specify archives, \f(CWobjdump\fR shows information on each of the member +object files. +.SH "OPTIONS" +The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are +equivalent. At least one option from the list +\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-r,\-R,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR must be given. +.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--archive-header\fR" 4 +If any of the \fIobjfile\fR files are archives, display the archive +header information (in a format similar to \fBls \-l\fR). Besides the +information you could list with \fBar tv\fR, \fBobjdump \-a\fR shows the object file format of each archive member. - -.TP -.BI "\-\-adjust\-vma=" "offset" -When dumping information, first add -.I offset -to all the section addresses. This is useful if the section addresses -do not correspond to the symbol table, which can happen when putting -sections at particular addresses when using a format which can not -represent section addresses, such as a.out. - -.TP -.BI "\-b " "bfdname"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" -Specify the object-code format for the object files to be -\c -.I bfdname\c -\&. This may not be necessary; \c -.I objdump\c -\& can -automatically recognize many formats. For example, -.sp -.br -objdump\ \-b\ oasys\ \-m\ vax\ \-h\ fu.o -.br -.sp -display summary information from the section headers (`\|\c -.B \-h\c -\|') of -`\|\c -.B fu.o\c -\|', which is explicitly identified (`\|\c -.B \-m\c -\|') as a Vax object +.Ip "\f(CW--adjust-vma=\fIoffset\fR\fR" 4 +When dumping information, first add \fIoffset\fR to all the section +addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to +the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular +addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses, +such as a.out. +.Ip "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Specify that the object-code format for the object files is +\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fIobjdump\fR can +automatically recognize many formats. +.Sp +For example, + + objdump \-b oasys \-m vax \-h fu.o +.Sp +displays summary information from the section headers (\fB\-h\fR) of +\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a \s-1VAX\s0 object file in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the -formats available with the `\|\c -.B \-i\c -\|' option. - -.TP -.B \-C -.TP -.B \-\-demangle -Decode (\fIdemangle\fP) low-level symbol names into user-level names. +formats available with the \fB\-i\fR option. +.Ip "\f(CW-C\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR" 4 +Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names. Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this -makes C++ function names readable. - -.TP -.B \-\-debugging +makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different +mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to +choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. +.Ip "\f(CW-G\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--debugging\fR" 4 Display debugging information. This attempts to parse debugging information stored in the file and print it out using a C like syntax. Only certain types of debugging information have been implemented. - -.TP -.B \-d -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble -Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine -instructions from \c -.I objfile\c -\&. -This option only disassembles those sections which are +.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--disassemble\fR" 4 +Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from +\fIobjfile\fR. This option only disassembles those sections which are expected to contain instructions. - -.TP -.B \-D -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble-all -Like \fB\-d\fP, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just +.Ip "\f(CW-D\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--disassemble-all\fR" 4 +Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just those expected to contain instructions. - -.TP -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses +.Ip "\f(CW--prefix-addresses\fR" 4 When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This is the older disassembly format. - -.TP -.B \-\-disassemble\-zeroes +.Ip "\f(CW--disassemble-zeroes\fR" 4 Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like any other data. - -.TP -.B \-EB -.TP -.B \-EL -.TP -.BI "\-\-endian=" "{big|little}" +.Ip "\f(CW-EB\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-EL\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--endian={big|little}\fR" 4 Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format which -does not describe endianness information, such as S-records. - -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-file\-headers +does not describe endianness information, such as S\-records. +.Ip "\f(CW-f\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--file-header\fR" 4 Display summary information from the overall header of -each file in \c -.I objfile\c -\&. - -.TP -.B \-h -.TP -.B \-\-section\-headers -.TP -.B \-\-headers +each of the \fIobjfile\fR files. +.Ip "\f(CW--file-start-context\fR" 4 +Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly +(assumes \*(L'\-S') from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the +context to the start of the file. +.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--section-header\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--header\fR" 4 Display summary information from the section headers of the object file. - -.TP -.B \-\-help -Print a summary of the options to -.B objdump -and exit. - -.TP -.B \-i -.TP -.B \-\-info +.Sp +File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by +using the \fB\-Ttext\fR, \fB\-Tdata\fR, or \fB\-Tbss\fR options to +\f(CWld\fR. However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not +store the starting address of the file segments. In those situations, +although \f(CWld\fR relocates the sections correctly, using \fBobjdump +\-h\fR to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses. +Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the +target. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Print a summary of the options to \f(CWobjdump\fR and exit. +.Ip "\f(CW-i\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--info\fR" 4 Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available -for specification with \c -.B \-b\c -\& or \c -.B \-m\c -\&. - -.TP -.BI "\-j " "name"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-section=" "name" -Display information only for section \c -.I name\c -\&. - -.TP -.B \-l -.TP -.B \-\-line\-numbers -Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename -and source line numbers corresponding to the object code shown. -Only useful with \fB\-d\fP, \fB\-D\fP, or \fB\-r\fP. - -.TP -.BI "\-m " "machine"\c -.TP -.BI "\-\-architecture=" "machine" +for specification with \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-m\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-j \fIname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--section=\fIname\fR\fR" 4 +Display information only for section \fIname\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-l\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--line-numbers\fR" 4 +Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and +source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown. +Only useful with \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, or \fB\-r\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--architecture=\fImachine\fR\fR" 4 Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files. This can be useful when disassembling object files which do not describe -architecture information, such as S-records. You can list the available -architectures with the \fB\-i\fP option. - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-private\-headers -Print information that is specific to the object file format. The -exact information printed depends upon the object file format. For -some object file formats, no additional information is printed. - -.TP -.B \-r -.TP -.B \-\-reloc -Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with \fB\-d\fP or -\fB\-D\fP, the relocations are printed interspersed with the +architecture information, such as S\-records. You can list the available +architectures with the \fB\-i\fR option. +.Ip "\f(CW-M \fIoptions\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--disassembler-options=\fIoptions\fR\fR" 4 +Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only supported on +some targets. +.Sp +If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch can be used to +select which register name set is used during disassembler. Specifying +\fB\-M reg-name-std\fR (the default) will select the register names as +used in \s-1ARM\s0's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called +\&'sp\*(R', register 14 called \*(L'lr\*(R' and register 15 called \*(L'pc\*(R'. Specifying +\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the \s-1ARM\s0 +Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying \fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR will +just use \fBr\fR followed by the register number. +.Sp +There are also two variants on the \s-1APCS\s0 register naming scheme enabled +by \fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR and \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR which +use the \s-1ARM/\s0Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions. (Eiuther +with the normal register name sor the special register names). +.Sp +This option can also be used for \s-1ARM\s0 architectures to force the +disassembler to interpret all instructions as \s-1THUMB\s0 instructions by +using the switch \fB--disassembler-options=force-thumb\fR. This can be +useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other +compilers. +.Ip "\f(CW-p\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--private-headers\fR" 4 +Print information that is specific to the object file format. The exact +information printed depends upon the object file format. For some +object file formats, no additional information is printed. +.Ip "\f(CW-r\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--reloc\fR" 4 +Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with \fB\-d\fR or +\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the disassembly. - -.TP -.B \-R -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic\-reloc +.Ip "\f(CW-R\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--dynamic-reloc\fR" 4 Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared libraries. - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-full\-contents +.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--full-contents\fR" 4 Display the full contents of any sections requested. - -.TP -.B \-S -.TP -.B \-\-source +.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--source\fR" 4 Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible. Implies -\fB-d\fP. - -.TP -.B \-\-show\-raw\-insn +\fB\-d\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW--show-raw-insn\fR" 4 When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as in symbolic form. This is the default except when -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses -is used. - -.TP -.B \-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn +\f(CW--prefix-addresses\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW--no-show-raw-insn\fR" 4 When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes. -This is the default when -.B \-\-prefix\-addresses -is used. - -.TP -.B \-\-stabs -Display the contents of the .stab, .stab.index, and .stab.excl -sections from an ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as -Solaris 2.0) in which .stab debugging symbol-table entries are carried -in an ELF section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table -entries are interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the -.B \-\-syms +This is the default when \f(CW--prefix-addresses\fR is used. +.Ip "\f(CW-G\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--stabs\fR" 4 +Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the +contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an +\s-1ELF\s0 file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which +\&\f(CW.stab\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an \s-1ELF\s0 +section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are +interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the \fB--syms\fR output. - -.TP -.BI "\-\-start\-address=" "address" +.Ip "\f(CW--start-address=\fIaddress\fR\fR" 4 Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output -of the -.B \-d\c -, -.B \-r -and -.B \-s -options. - -.TP -.BI "\-\-stop\-address=" "address" +of the \f(CW-d\fR, \f(CW-r\fR and \f(CW-s\fR options. +.Ip "\f(CW--stop-address=\fIaddress\fR\fR" 4 Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output -of the -.B \-d\c -, -.B \-r -and -.B \-s -options. - -.TP -.B \-t -.TP -.B \-\-syms -Symbol Table. Print the symbol table entries of the file. -This is similar to the information provided by the `\|\c -.B nm\c -\|' program. - -.TP -.B \-T -.TP -.B \-\-dynamic\-syms -Dynamic Symbol Table. Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the -file. This is only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain -types of shared libraries. This is similar to the information -provided by the `\|\c -.B nm\c -\|' program when given the -.B \-D (\-\-dynamic) -option. - -.TP -.B \-\-version -Print the version number of -.B objdump -and exit. - -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.B \-\-all\-headers +of the \f(CW-d\fR, \f(CW-r\fR and \f(CW-s\fR options. +.Ip "\f(CW-t\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--syms\fR" 4 +Print the symbol table entries of the file. +This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR program. +.Ip "\f(CW-T\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--dynamic-syms\fR" 4 +Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only +meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared +libraries. This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR +program when given the \fB\-D\fR (\fB--dynamic\fR) option. +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Print the version number of \f(CWobjdump\fR and exit. +.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--all-header\fR" 4 Display all available header information, including the symbol table and -relocation entries. Using `\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|' is equivalent to specifying all of -`\|\c -.B \-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\c -\|'. - +relocation entries. Using \fB\-x\fR is equivalent to specifying all of +\fB\-a \-f \-h \-r \-t\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-w\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--wide\fR" 4 +Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR nm "(" 1 ")." - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP +\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "OBJDUMP.1 1" +.IX Name "objdump - display information from object files." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--archive-header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--adjust-vma=\fIoffset\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-b \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-C\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--demangle[=\fIstyle\fR]\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-G\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--debugging\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--disassemble\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-D\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--disassemble-all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--prefix-addresses\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--disassemble-zeroes\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-EB\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-EL\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--endian={big|little}\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-f\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--file-header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--file-start-context\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--section-header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-i\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--info\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-j \fIname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--section=\fIname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-l\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--line-numbers\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-m \fImachine\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--architecture=\fImachine\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-M \fIoptions\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--disassembler-options=\fIoptions\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-p\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--private-headers\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-r\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--reloc\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-R\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--dynamic-reloc\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--full-contents\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--source\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--show-raw-insn\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-show-raw-insn\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-G\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--stabs\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--start-address=\fIaddress\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--stop-address=\fIaddress\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-t\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--syms\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-T\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--dynamic-syms\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--all-header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-w\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--wide\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/ranlib.1 b/binutils/ranlib.1 index 15c30ed..c84969f 100644 --- a/binutils/ranlib.1 +++ b/binutils/ranlib.1 @@ -1,441 +1,247 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH ranlib 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 .. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH RANLIB.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" ranlib \- generate index to archive. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.B ranlib \c -.RB "[\|" \-v | \-V "\|]" -.I archive\c -\& -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -.B ranlib -generates an index to the contents of an archive, and +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +ranlib [\-vV] \fIarchive\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a member of an archive that is a relocatable object file. .PP -You may use -.RB ` "nm \-s" ' -or -.RB ` "nm \-\-print-armap" ' -to list this index. +You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm --print-armap\fR to list this index. .PP -An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and +An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to their placement in the archive. .PP -The GNU -.B ranlib -program is another form of GNU -.BR ar ; -running -.B ranlib -is completely equivalent to executing -.RB ` "ar \-s" '. - -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-v -Print the version number of -.B ranlib -and exit. - +The GNU \f(CWranlib\fR program is another form of GNU \f(CWar\fR; running +\f(CWranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Show the version number of \f(CWranlib\fR. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar "(" 1 ")," -.BR nm "(" 1 ")." +\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "RANLIB.1 1" +.IX Name "ranlib - generate index to archive." -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Header "NAME" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Header "OPTIONS" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/readelf.1 b/binutils/readelf.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52f3c79 --- /dev/null +++ b/binutils/readelf.1 @@ -0,0 +1,389 @@ +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R + +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH READELF.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +readelf \- Displays information about ELF files. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +readelf [ \-a | --all ] + [ \-h | --file-header] + [ \-l | --program-headers | --segments] + [ \-S | --section-headers | --sections] + [ \-e | --headers] + [ \-s | --syms | --symbols] + [ \-n | --notes] + [ \-r | --relocs] + [ \-u | --unwind] + [ \-d | --dynamic] + [ \-V | --version-info] + [ \-D | --use-dynamic] + [ \-x <number> | --hex-dump=<number>] + [ \-w[liaprf] | --debug-dump[=info,=line,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]] + [ --histogram] + [ \-v | --version] + [ \-H | --help] + \fIelffile\fR... +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWreadelf\fR displays information about one or more ELF format object +files. The options control what particular information to display. +.PP +\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined. At the +moment, \f(CWreadelf\fR does not support examining archives, nor does it +support examing 64 bit ELF files. +.SH "OPTIONS" +The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are +equivalent. At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be +given. +.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--all\fR" 4 +Equivalent to specifiying \fB--file-header\fR, +\fB--program-headers\fR, \fB--sections\fR, \fB--symbols\fR, +\fB--relocs\fR, \fB--dynamic\fR, \fB--notes\fR and +\fB--version-info\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-h\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--file-header\fR" 4 +Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the +file. +.Ip "\f(CW-l\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--program-headers\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--segments\fR" 4 +Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it +has any. +.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--sections\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--section-headers\fR" 4 +Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it +has any. +.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--symbols\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--syms\fR" 4 +Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one. +.Ip "\f(CW-e\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--headers\fR" 4 +Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-n\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--notes\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segment, if it exists. +.Ip "\f(CW-r\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--relocs\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one. +.Ip "\f(CW-u\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--unwind\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only +the unwind sections for \s-1IA64\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 files are currently supported. +.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--dynamic\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one. +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version-info\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they +exist. +.Ip "\f(CW-D\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--use-dynamic\fR" 4 +When displaying symbols, this option makes \f(CWreadelf\fR use the +symbol table in the file's dynamic section, rather than the one in the +symbols section. +.Ip "\f(CW-x <number>\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--hex-dump=<number>\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal dump. +.Ip "\f(CW-w[liaprf]\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--debug-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]\fR" 4 +Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are +present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch +then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped. +.Ip "\f(CW--histogram\fR" 4 +Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents +of the symbol tables. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Display the version number of readelf. +.Ip "\f(CW-H\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Display the command line options understood by \f(CWreadelf\fR. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "READELF.1 1" +.IX Name "readelf - Displays information about ELF files." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-h\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--file-header\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-l\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--program-headers\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--segments\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--sections\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--section-headers\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--symbols\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--syms\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-e\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--headers\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-n\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--notes\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-r\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--relocs\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-u\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--unwind\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--dynamic\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version-info\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-D\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--use-dynamic\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-x <number>\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--hex-dump=<number>\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-w[liaprf]\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--debug-dump[=line,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=ranges,=frames]\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--histogram\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-H\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/size.1 b/binutils/size.1 index 041e975..b319a9c 100644 --- a/binutils/size.1 +++ b/binutils/size.1 @@ -1,520 +1,315 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH size 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.5 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp .. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH SIZE.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" size \- list section sizes and total size. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B size -.RB "[\|" \-A \||\| \-B \||\| \c -.BI "\-\-format=" compatibility\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-d \||\| \-o \||\| \-x\c -\||\|\c -.BI "\-\-radix=" number\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \c -.BI "\-\-target=" bfdname\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-V \||\| \-\-version "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -The GNU \c -.B size\c -\& utility lists the section sizes\(em\&and the total -size\(em\&for each of the object files -.I objfile -in its argument list. -By default, one line of output is generated for each object file or each -module in an archive. - -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B \-A -.TP -.B \-B -.TP -.BI "\-\-format " "compatibility" -Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from GNU -\c -.B size\c -\& resembles output from System V \c -.B size\c -\& (using `\|\c -.B \-A\c -\|', -or `\|\c -.B \-\-format=sysv\c -\|'), or Berkeley \c -.B size\c -\& (using `\|\c -.B \-B\c -\|', or -`\|\c -.B \-\-format=berkeley\c -\|'). The default is the one-line format similar to +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +size [ \-A | \-B | --format=\fIcompatibility\fR ] + [ --help ] [ \-d | \-o | \-x | --radix=\fInumber\fR ] + [ --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] [ \-V | --version ] + [ \fIobjfile\fR... ] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The GNU \f(CWsize\fR utility lists the section sizes---and the total +size---for each of the object or archive files \fIobjfile\fR in its +argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each +object file or each module in an archive. +.PP +\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined. +If none are specified, the file \f(CWa.out\fR will be used. +.SH "OPTIONS" +The command line options have the following meanings: +.Ip "\f(CW-A\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-B\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--format=\fIcompatibility\fR\fR" 4 +Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0 +\f(CWsize\fR resembles output from System V \f(CWsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR, +or \fB--format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \f(CWsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or +\fB--format=berkeley\fR). The default is the one-line format similar to Berkeley's. - -.TP -.B \-\-help +.Sp +Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from +\f(CWsize\fR: + + $ size --format=Berkeley ranlib size + text data bss dec hex filename + 294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib + 294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size +.Sp +This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions: +.Sp +.Vb 16 +\& +\& $ size --format=SysV ranlib size +\& ranlib : +\& section size addr +\& .text 294880 8192 +\& .data 81920 303104 +\& .bss 11592 385024 +\& Total 388392 +\& +\& +\& size : +\& section size addr +\& .text 294880 8192 +\& .data 81920 303104 +\& .bss 11888 385024 +\& Total 388688 +.Ve +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options. - -.TP -.B \-d -.TP -.B \-o -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.BI "\-\-radix " "number" +.Ip "\f(CW-d\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-o\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--radix=\fInumber\fR\fR" 4 Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each -section is given in decimal (`\|\c -.B \-d\c -\|', or `\|\c -.B \-\-radix 10\c -\|'); octal -(`\|\c -.B \-o\c -\|', or `\|\c -.B \-\-radix 8\c -\|'); or hexadecimal (`\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|', or -`\|\c -.B \-\-radix 16\c -\|'). In `\|\c -.B \-\-radix \c -.I number\c -\&\c -\|', only the three +section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB--radix=10\fR); octal +(\fB\-o\fR, or \fB--radix=8\fR); or hexadecimal (\fB\-x\fR, or +\fB--radix=16\fR). In \fB--radix=\fR\fInumber\fR, only the three values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two -radices; decimal and hexadecimal for `\|\c -.B \-d\c -\|' or `\|\c -.B \-x\c -\|' output, or -octal and hexadecimal if you're using `\|\c -.B \-o\c -\|'. +radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or +octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is +\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \f(CWsize\fR can +automatically recognize many formats. +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Display the version number of \f(CWsize\fR. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". -.TP -.BI "\-\-target " "bfdname" -You can specify a particular object-code format for \c -.I objfile\c -\& as -\c -.I bfdname\c -\&. This may not be necessary; \c -.I size\c -\& can -automatically recognize many formats. See -.BR objdump ( 1 ) -for information -on listing available formats. +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "SIZE.1 1" +.IX Name "size - list section sizes and total size." -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -Display version number information on \c -.B size\c -\& itself. +.IX Header "NAME" -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.BR info ; -.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" , - Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar "(" 1 ")," -.BR objdump ( 1 ). +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-A\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-B\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--format=\fIcompatibility\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-d\fR" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\f(CW-o\fR" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--radix=\fInumber\fR\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/strings.1 b/binutils/strings.1 index 0ced90b..441c087 100644 --- a/binutils/strings.1 +++ b/binutils/strings.1 @@ -1,509 +1,297 @@ -.\" Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH strings 1 "09 March 2000" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.7 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP .. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME -strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B strings -.RB "[\|" \-a | \-\c -.RB | \-\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-f | \-\-print\-file\-name "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-help "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v | \-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-n -.I min\-len\c -.RI | \-min\-len\c -.RB | "\-\-bytes="\c -.I min\-len\c -\&\|] -.RB "[\|" \-t -.I {o,x,d}\c -.RB "[\|" "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" "\|]" -.RB | "\-\-radix="\c -.I {o,x,d}\c -\&\|] -.I file\c -.ad b -.hy 1 -.SH DESCRIPTION -For each -.I file -given, GNU \c -.B strings -prints the printable character sequences that are at least 4 -characters long (or the number given with the options below) and are -followed by an unprintable character. By default, it only prints the -strings from the initialized and loaded sections of object files; for -other types of files, it prints the strings from the whole file. - +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH STRINGS.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +strings [\-afov] [\-\fImin-len\fR] [\-n \fImin-len\fR] [\-t \fIradix\fR] [\-] + [--all] [--print-file-name] [--bytes=\fImin-len\fR] + [--radix=\fIradix\fR] [--target=\fIbfdname\fR] + [--help] [--version] \fIfile\fR... +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +For each \fIfile\fR given, GNU \f(CWstrings\fR prints the printable +character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number +given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable +character. By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized +and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints +the strings from the whole file. .PP -.B strings -is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text files. - -.SH OPTIONS -The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are -equivalent. - -.TP -.B \-a -.TP -.B \-\-all -.TP -.B \- +\f(CWstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text +files. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-a\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--all\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-\fR" 4 Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files; scan the whole files. - -.TP -.B \-f -.TP -.B \-\-print\-file\-name +.Ip "\f(CW-f\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--print-file-name\fR" 4 Print the name of the file before each string. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit. +.Ip "\f(CW-\fImin-len\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-n \fImin-len\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--bytes=\fImin-len\fR\fR" 4 +Print sequences of characters that are at least \fImin-len\fR characters +long, instead of the default 4. +.Ip "\f(CW-o\fR" 4 +Like \fB\-t o\fR. Some other versions of \f(CWstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR +act like \fB\-t d\fR instead. Since we can not be compatible with both +ways, we simply chose one. +.Ip "\f(CW-t \fIradix\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--radix=\fIradix\fR\fR" 4 +Print the offset within the file before each string. The single +character argument specifies the radix of the offset---\fBo\fR for +octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal. +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Print the program version number on the standard output and exit. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1) +and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". -.TP -.B \-\-help -Print a summary of the options to -.B strings -on the standard output and exit. +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "STRINGS.1 1" +.IX Name "strings - print the strings of printable characters in files." -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-version -Print the version number -of -.B strings -on the standard output and exit. +.IX Header "NAME" -.TP -.B "\-n \fImin\-len\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\fImin\-len\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\-bytes=\fImin\-len\fP" -Print sequences of characters that are at least -.I min\-len -characters long, instead of the default 4. +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -.TP -.BR "\-t " {o,x,d} -.TP -.BR "\-\-radix=" {o,x,d} -Print the offset within the file before each string. The single -character argument specifies the radix of the offset\(emoctal, -hexadecimal, or decimal. +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -.TP -.BI "\-\-target=" "bfdname" -Specify an object code format other than your system's default format. -See -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -for information on listing available formats. +.IX Header "OPTIONS" -.TP -.B \-o -Like -.BR "\-t o" . +.IX Item "\f(CW-a\fR" -.PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--all\fR" -.SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.B -info\c -\&; -.I -The GNU Binary Utilities\c -\&, Roland H. Pesch (October 1991); -.BR ar ( 1 ), -.BR nm ( 1 ), -.BR objdump ( 1 ), -.BR ranlib ( 1 ). +.IX Item "\f(CW-\fR" +.IX Item "\f(CW-f\fR" -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1993, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. +.IX Item "\f(CW--print-file-name\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-\fImin-len\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-n \fImin-len\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--bytes=\fImin-len\fR\fR" -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 +.IX Item "\f(CW-o\fR" -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-t \fIradix\fR\fR" -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--radix=\fIradix\fR\fR" -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. diff --git a/binutils/strip.1 b/binutils/strip.1 index 063b33e..0c8d63b 100644 --- a/binutils/strip.1 +++ b/binutils/strip.1 @@ -1,544 +1,358 @@ -.\" Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 2000 -.\" Free Software Foundation, Inc. -.\" See section COPYING for conditions for redistribution -.TH strip 1 "5 November 1991" "Free Software Foundation" "GNU Development Tools" -.de BP -.sp -.ti \-.2i -\(** +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.6 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 .. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R -.SH NAME +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH STRIP.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" strip \- Discard symbols from object files. - -.SH SYNOPSIS -.hy 0 -.na -.TP -.B strip -.RB "[\|" \-F\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-I\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-O\ \fIbfdname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-R\ \fIsectionname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname\fP "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-s\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-S\fR\ |\ \fB\-g\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-debug "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-\-strip\-unneeded\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-x\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-all "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-X\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-discard\-locals "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-K\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-N\ \fIsymbolname\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-o\ \fIfile\fR "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-p\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-preserve\-dates "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-v\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-verbose "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-version "\|]" -.RB "[\|" \-V\fR\ |\ \fB\-\-help "\|]" -.I objfile\c -\&.\|.\|. - -.SH DESCRIPTION -GNU -.B strip -discards all symbols from the object files -.IR objfile . -The list of object files may include archives. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +strip [ \-F \fIbfdname\fR | --target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-I \fIbfdname\fR | --input-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-O \fIbfdname\fR | --output-target=\fIbfdname\fR ] + [ \-s | --strip-all ] [ \-S | \-g | --strip-debug ] + [ \-K \fIsymbolname\fR | --keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-N \fIsymbolname\fR | --strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR ] + [ \-x | --discard-all ] [ \-X | --discard-locals ] + [ \-R \fIsectionname\fR | --remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR ] + [ \-o \fIfile\fR ] [ \-p | --preserve-dates ] + [ \-v | --verbose ] [ \-V | --version ] [ --help ] + \fIobjfile\fR... +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +GNU \f(CWstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files +\fIobjfile\fR. The list of object files may include archives. At least one object file must be given. - -.P -.B strip -modifies the files named in its argument, +.PP +\f(CWstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument, rather than writing modified copies under different names. - -.SH OPTIONS -.TP -.B "\-F \fIbfdname" -.TP -.B "\-\-target=\fIbfdname" -Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object -code format \fIbfdname\fP, and rewrite it in the same format. - -.TP -.B \-\-help -Show a summary of the options to -.B strip -and exit. - -.TP -.B "\-I \fIbfdname -.TP -.B "\-\-input\-target=\fIbfdname" -Treat the original \fIobjfile\fP as a file with the object -code format \fIbfdname\fP. - -.TP -.B "\-O \fIbfdname\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\-output\-target=\fIbfdname" -Replace \fIobjfile\fP with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fP. - -.TP -.B "\-R \fIsectionname\fP" -.TP -.B "\-\-remove\-section=\fIsectionname" -Remove the named section from the file. This option may be given more -than once. Note that using this option inappropriately may make the -object file unusable. - -.TP -.B \-s -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-all +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object +code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Show a summary of the options to \f(CWstrip\fR and exit. +.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object +code format \fIbfdname\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" 4 +Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" 4 +Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This +option may be given more than once. Note that using this option +inappropriately may make the output file unusable. +.Ip "\f(CW-s\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-all\fR" 4 Remove all symbols. - -.TP -.B \-S -.TP -.B \-g -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-debug +.Ip "\f(CW-g\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW-S\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR" 4 Remove debugging symbols only. - -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-unneeded -Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing. - -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR -.TP -.B \-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option -may be given more than once, and may be combined with other strip -options. - -.TP -.B \-o \fIfile\fR +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR" 4 +Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing. +.Ip "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may +be given more than once. +.Ip "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" 4 +Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be +given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than +\f(CW-K\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-o \fIfile\fR\fR" 4 Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the existing file. When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR argument may be specified. - -.TP -.B \-p -.TP -.B \-\-preserve-dates +.Ip "\f(CW-p\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR" 4 Preserve the access and modification dates of the file. - -.TP -.B \-x -.TP -.B \-\-discard\-all +.Ip "\f(CW-x\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--discard-all\fR" 4 Remove non-global symbols. - -.TP -.B \-X -.TP -.B \-\-discard\-locals +.Ip "\f(CW-X\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR" 4 Remove compiler-generated local symbols. -(These usually start with ``L'' or ``.''.) - -.TP -.B \-K \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Copy only symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option -may be given more than once. - -.TP -.B \-N \fIsymbolname\fR, \fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fIsymbolname -Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fP from the source file. This option -may be given more than once, and may be combined with strip options -other than \fB\-K\fR. - -.TP -.B \-v -.TP -.B \-\-verbose +(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.) +.Ip "\f(CW-V\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Show the version number for \f(CWstrip\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--verbose\fR" 4 Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of -archives, -.B "strip \-v" -lists all members of the archive. - -.TP -.B \-V -.TP -.B \-\-version -Show the version number for \fBstrip\fP and exit. - +archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive. .SH "SEE ALSO" -.RB "`\|" binutils "\|'" -entry in -.BR info ; -.IR "The GNU Binary Utilities" , -Roland H. Pesch (October 1991). - -.SH COPYING -Copyright (c) 1991, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP -This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free -Documentation License, version 1.1. That license is described in the -sources for this manual page, but it is not displayed here in order to -make this manual more consise. Copies of this license can also be -obtained from: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. - -\" .SH GNU Free Documentation License -\" Version 1.1, March 2000 - -\" Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -\" 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA - -\" Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim -\" copies of this license document, but changing it is -\" not allowed. -\" .PP -\" 0. PREAMBLE -\" .PP -\" The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other -\" written document "free" in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone -\" the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without -\" modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, -\" this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get -\" credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for -\" modifications made by others. -\" .PP -\" This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative -\" works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It -\" complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft -\" license designed for free software. -\" .PP -\" We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free -\" software, because free software needs free documentation: a free -\" program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the -\" software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; -\" it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or -\" whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License -\" principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. -\" .PP -\" 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS -\" .PP -\" This License applies to any manual or other work that contains a -\" notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed -\" under the terms of this License. The "Document", below, refers to any -\" such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is -\" addressed as "you". -\" .PP -\" A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the -\" Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with -\" modifications and/or translated into another language. -\" .PP -\" A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section of -\" the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the -\" publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall subject -\" (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly -\" within that overall subject. (For example, if the Document is in part a -\" textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any -\" mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical -\" connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, -\" commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding -\" them. -\" .PP -\" The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose titles -\" are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice -\" that says that the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are listed, -\" as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that -\" the Document is released under this License. -\" .PP -\" A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, -\" represented in a format whose specification is available to the -\" general public, whose contents can be viewed and edited directly and -\" straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of -\" pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available -\" drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or -\" for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input -\" to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file -\" format whose markup has been designed to thwart or discourage -\" subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. A copy that is -\" not "Transparent" is called "Opaque". -\" .PP -\" Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain -\" ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML -\" or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple -\" HTML designed for human modification. Opaque formats include -\" PostScript, PDF, proprietary formats that can be read and edited only -\" by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or -\" processing tools are not generally available, and the -\" machine-generated HTML produced by some word processors for output -\" purposes only. -\" .PP -\" The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself, -\" plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material -\" this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in -\" formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title Page" means -\" the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title, -\" preceding the beginning of the body of the text. -\" .PP -\" 2. VERBATIM COPYING -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either -\" commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the -\" copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies -\" to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other -\" conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use -\" technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further -\" copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept -\" compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough -\" number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. -\" .PP -\" You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and -\" you may publicly display copies. -\" .PP -\" 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY -\" .PP -\" If you publish printed copies of the Document numbering more than 100, -\" and the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose -\" the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover -\" Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on -\" the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify -\" you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present -\" the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and -\" visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. -\" Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve -\" the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated -\" as verbatim copying in other respects. -\" .PP -\" If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit -\" legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit -\" reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent -\" pages. -\" .PP -\" If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering -\" more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent -\" copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy -\" a publicly-accessible computer-network location containing a complete -\" Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material, which the -\" general network-using public has access to download anonymously at no -\" charge using public-standard network protocols. If you use the latter -\" option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin -\" distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this -\" Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location -\" until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque -\" copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to -\" the public. -\" .PP -\" It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the -\" Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give -\" them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. -\" .PP -\" 4. MODIFICATIONS -\" .PP -\" You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under -\" the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release -\" the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified -\" Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution -\" and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy -\" of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version: -\" .PP -\" A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct -\" from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions -\" (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section -\" of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version -\" if the original publisher of that version gives permission. -\" .PP -\" B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities -\" responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified -\" Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the -\" Document (all of its principal authors, if it has less than five). -\" .PP -\" C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the -\" Modified Version, as the publisher. -\" .PP -\" D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. -\" .PP -\" E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications -\" adjacent to the other copyright notices. -\" .PP -\" F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice -\" giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the -\" terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. -\" Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections -\" and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice. -\" .PP -\" H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. -\" .PP -\" I. Preserve the section entitled "History", and its title, and add to -\" it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and -\" publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If -\" there is no section entitled "History" in the Document, create one -\" stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as -\" given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified -\" Version as stated in the previous sentence. -\" .PP -\" J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for -\" public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise -\" the network locations given in the Document for previous versions -\" it was based on. These may be placed in the "History" section. -\" You may omit a network location for a work that was published at -\" least four years before the Document itself, or if the original -\" publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. -\" .PP -\" K. In any section entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications", -\" preserve the section's title, and preserve in the section all the -\" substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements -\" and/or dedications given therein. -\" .PP -\" L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, -\" unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers -\" or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. -\" .PP -\" M. Delete any section entitled "Endorsements". Such a section -\" may not be included in the Modified Version. -\" .PP -\" N. Do not retitle any existing section as "Endorsements" -\" or to conflict in title with any Invariant Section. -\" .PP -\" If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or -\" appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material -\" copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all -\" of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the -\" list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice. -\" These titles must be distinct from any other section titles. -\" .PP -\" You may add a section entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains -\" nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various -\" parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text has -\" been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a -\" standard. -\" .PP -\" You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a -\" passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list -\" of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of -\" Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or -\" through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already -\" includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or -\" by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, -\" you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit -\" permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. -\" .PP -\" The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License -\" give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or -\" imply endorsement of any Modified Version. -\" .PP - -\" 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may combine the Document with other documents released under this -\" License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified -\" versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the -\" Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and -\" list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its -\" license notice. -\" .PP -\" The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and -\" multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single -\" copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but -\" different contents, make the title of each such section unique by -\" adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original -\" author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. -\" Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of -\" Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. -\" .PP -\" In the combination, you must combine any sections entitled "History" -\" in the various original documents, forming one section entitled -\" "History"; likewise combine any sections entitled "Acknowledgements", -\" and any sections entitled "Dedications". You must delete all sections -\" entitled "Endorsements." -\" .PP - -\" 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS -\" .PP -\" You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents -\" released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this -\" License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in -\" the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for -\" verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. -\" .PP -\" You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute -\" it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this -\" License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all -\" other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. -\" .PP - -\" 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS -\" .PP -\" A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate -\" and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or -\" distribution medium, does not as a whole count as a Modified Version -\" of the Document, provided no compilation copyright is claimed for the -\" compilation. Such a compilation is called an "aggregate", and this -\" License does not apply to the other self-contained works thus compiled -\" with the Document, on account of their being thus compiled, if they -\" are not themselves derivative works of the Document. -\" .PP -\" If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these -\" copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one quarter -\" of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on -\" covers that surround only the Document within the aggregate. -\" Otherwise they must appear on covers around the whole aggregate. -\" .PP - -\" 8. TRANSLATION -\" .PP -\" Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may -\" distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. -\" Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special -\" permission from their copyright holders, but you may include -\" translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the -\" original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a -\" translation of this License provided that you also include the -\" original English version of this License. In case of a disagreement -\" between the translation and the original English version of this -\" License, the original English version will prevail. -\" .PP - -\" 9. TERMINATION -\" .PP -\" You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except -\" as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to -\" copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will -\" automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, -\" parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this -\" License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such -\" parties remain in full compliance. -\" .PP - -\" 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE -\" .PP -\" The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions -\" of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new -\" versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may -\" differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See -\" http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. -\" .PP -\" Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. -\" If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this -\" License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the option of -\" following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or -\" of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the -\" Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version -\" number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not -\" as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. -\" .PP - -\" ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents -\" .PP -\" To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of -\" the License in the document and put the following copyright and -\" license notices just after the title page: -\" .PP -\" Copyright (c) YEAR YOUR NAME. -\" Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or -\" modify this document under the terms of the GNU -\" Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or any later -\" version published by the Free Software Foundation; -\" with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, -\" with the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the -\" Back-Cover Texts being LIST. A copy of the license -\" is included in the section entitled "GNU Free -\" Documentation License". -\" .PP -\" If you have no Invariant Sections, write "with no Invariant Sections" -\" instead of saying which ones are invariant. If you have no -\" Front-Cover Texts, write "no Front-Cover Texts" instead of -\" "Front-Cover Texts being LIST"; likewise for Back-Cover Texts. -\" .PP -\" If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we -\" recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of -\" free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, -\" to permit their use in free software. +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "STRIP.1 1" +.IX Name "strip - Discard symbols from object files." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-F \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIbfdname\fR \fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-target=\fIbfdname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-R \fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--remove-section=\fIsectionname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-s\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-g\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-S\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-debug\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-unneeded\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-K \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--keep-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-N \fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--strip-symbol=\fIsymbolname\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-o \fIfile\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-p\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--preserve-dates\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-x\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-all\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-X\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--discard-locals\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-V\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--verbose\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + diff --git a/binutils/windres.1 b/binutils/windres.1 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..998e2ae --- /dev/null +++ b/binutils/windres.1 @@ -0,0 +1,377 @@ +.rn '' }` +''' $RCSfile$$Revision$$Date$ +''' +''' $Log$ +''' Revision 1.1 2001/03/25 20:32:25 nickc +''' Automate generate on man pages +''' +''' +.de Sh +.br +.if t .Sp +.ne 5 +.PP +\fB\\$1\fR +.PP +.. +.de Sp +.if t .sp .5v +.if n .sp +.. +.de Ip +.br +.ie \\n(.$>=3 .ne \\$3 +.el .ne 3 +.IP "\\$1" \\$2 +.. +.de Vb +.ft CW +.nf +.ne \\$1 +.. +.de Ve +.ft R + +.fi +.. +''' +''' +''' Set up \*(-- to give an unbreakable dash; +''' string Tr holds user defined translation string. +''' Bell System Logo is used as a dummy character. +''' +.tr \(*W-|\(bv\*(Tr +.ie n \{\ +.ds -- \(*W- +.ds PI pi +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch +.if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch +.ds L" "" +.ds R" "" +''' \*(M", \*(S", \*(N" and \*(T" are the equivalent of +''' \*(L" and \*(R", except that they are used on ".xx" lines, +''' such as .IP and .SH, which do another additional levels of +''' double-quote interpretation +.ds M" """ +.ds S" """ +.ds N" """"" +.ds T" """"" +.ds L' ' +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ' +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ' +.ds T' ' +'br\} +.el\{\ +.ds -- \(em\| +.tr \*(Tr +.ds L" `` +.ds R" '' +.ds M" `` +.ds S" '' +.ds N" `` +.ds T" '' +.ds L' ` +.ds R' ' +.ds M' ` +.ds S' ' +.ds N' ` +.ds T' ' +.ds PI \(*p +'br\} +.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate +.\" index entries out stderr for the following things: +.\" TH Title +.\" SH Header +.\" Sh Subsection +.\" Ip Item +.\" X<> Xref (embedded +.\" Of course, you have to process the output yourself +.\" in some meaninful fashion. +.if \nF \{ +.de IX +.tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2" +.. +.nr % 0 +.rr F +.\} +.TH WINDRES.1 1 "binutils-2.11.90" "23/Mar/101" "GNU" +.UC +.if n .hy 0 +.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.de CQ \" put $1 in typewriter font +.ft CW +'if n "\c +'if t \\&\\$1\c +'if n \\&\\$1\c +'if n \&" +\\&\\$2 \\$3 \\$4 \\$5 \\$6 \\$7 +'.ft R +.. +.\" @(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2 +. \" AM - accent mark definitions +.bd B 3 +. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds #H 0 +. ds #V .8m +. ds #F .3m +. ds #[ \f1 +. ds #] \fP +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) +. ds #V .6m +. ds #F 0 +. ds #[ \& +. ds #] \& +.\} +. \" simple accents for nroff and troff +.if n \{\ +. ds ' \& +. ds ` \& +. ds ^ \& +. ds , \& +. ds ~ ~ +. ds ? ? +. ds ! ! +. ds / +. ds q +.\} +.if t \{\ +. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" +. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' +. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' +. ds ? \s-2c\h'-\w'c'u*7/10'\u\h'\*(#H'\zi\d\s+2\h'\w'c'u*8/10' +. ds ! \s-2\(or\s+2\h'-\w'\(or'u'\v'-.8m'.\v'.8m' +. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' +. ds q o\h'-\w'o'u*8/10'\s-4\v'.4m'\z\(*i\v'-.4m'\s+4\h'\w'o'u*8/10' +.\} +. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents +.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' +.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' +.ds v \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\v'-\*(#V'\*(#[\s-4v\s0\v'\*(#V'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds _ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H+(\*(#F*2/3))'\v'-.4m'\z\(hy\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds . \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)'\v'\*(#V*4/10'\z.\v'-\*(#V*4/10'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds 3 \*(#[\v'.2m'\s-2\&3\s0\v'-.2m'\*(#] +.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] +.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' +.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' +.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] +.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] +.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e +.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E +.ds oe o\h'-(\w'o'u*4/10)'e +.ds Oe O\h'-(\w'O'u*4/10)'E +. \" corrections for vroff +.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' +.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' +. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) +.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ +\{\ +. ds : e +. ds 8 ss +. ds v \h'-1'\o'\(aa\(ga' +. ds _ \h'-1'^ +. ds . \h'-1'. +. ds 3 3 +. ds o a +. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga +. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy +. ds th \o'bp' +. ds Th \o'LP' +. ds ae ae +. ds Ae AE +. ds oe oe +. ds Oe OE +.\} +.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C +.SH "NAME" +windres \- manipulate Windows resources. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +windres [options] [input-file] [output-file] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\f(CWwindres\fR reads resources from an input file and copies them into +an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats: +.Ip "\f(CWrc\fR" 4 +A text format read by the Resource Compiler. +.Ip "\f(CWres\fR" 4 +A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler. +.Ip "\f(CWcoff\fR" 4 +A \s-1COFF\s0 object or executable. +.PP +The exact description of these different formats is available in +documentation from Microsoft. +.PP +When \f(CWwindres\fR converts from the \f(CWrc\fR format to the \f(CWres\fR +format, it is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When +\f(CWwindres\fR converts from the \f(CWres\fR format to the \f(CWcoff\fR +format, it is acting like the Windows \f(CWCVTRES\fR program. +.PP +When \f(CWwindres\fR generates an \f(CWrc\fR file, the output is similar +but not identical to the format expected for the input. When an input +\f(CWrc\fR file refers to an external filename, an output \f(CWrc\fR file +will instead include the file contents. +.PP +If the input or output format is not specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will +guess based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents. +A file with an extension of \fI.rc\fR will be treated as an \f(CWrc\fR +file, a file with an extension of \fI.res\fR will be treated as a +\f(CWres\fR file, and a file with an extension of \fI.o\fR or +\&\fI.exe\fR will be treated as a \f(CWcoff\fR file. +.PP +If no output file is specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will print the resources +in \f(CWrc\fR format to standard output. +.PP +The normal use is for you to write an \f(CWrc\fR file, use \f(CWwindres\fR +to convert it to a \s-1COFF\s0 object file, and then link the \s-1COFF\s0 file into +your application. This will make the resources described in the +\f(CWrc\fR file available to Windows. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.Ip "\f(CW-i \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then +\f(CWwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument as the input file +name. If there are no non-option arguments, then \f(CWwindres\fR will +read from standard input. \f(CWwindres\fR can not read a \s-1COFF\s0 file from +standard input. +.Ip "\f(CW-o \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output \fIfilename\fR\fR" 4 +The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then +\f(CWwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument, after any used +for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no +non-option argument, then \f(CWwindres\fR will write to standard output. +\f(CWwindres\fR can not write a \s-1COFF\s0 file to standard output. +.Ip "\f(CW-I \fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--input-format \fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +The input format to read. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR, \fBrc\fR, or +\fBcoff\fR. If no input format is specified, \f(CWwindres\fR will +guess, as described above. +.Ip "\f(CW-O \fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--output-format \fIformat\fR\fR" 4 +The output format to generate. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR, +\fBrc\fR, or \fBcoff\fR. If no output format is specified, +\f(CWwindres\fR will guess, as described above. +.Ip "\f(CW-F \fItarget\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--target \fItarget\fR\fR" 4 +Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a \s-1COFF\s0 file as input or output. This +is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \f(CW--help\fR option to see a list +of supported targets. Normally \f(CWwindres\fR will use the default +format, which is the first one listed by the \f(CW--help\fR option. +\f(CW@ref\fR{Target Selection}. +.Ip "\f(CW--preprocessor \fIprogram\fR\fR" 4 +When \f(CWwindres\fR reads an \f(CWrc\fR file, it runs it through the C +preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the preprocessor +to use, including any leading arguments. The default preprocessor +argument is \f(CWgcc -E -xc-header -DRC_INVOKED\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW--include-dir \fIdirectory\fR\fR" 4 +Specify an include directory to use when reading an \f(CWrc\fR file. +\f(CWwindres\fR will pass this to the preprocessor as an \f(CW-I\fR +option. \f(CWwindres\fR will also search this directory when looking for +files named in the \f(CWrc\fR file. +.Ip "\f(CW-D \fItarget\fR\fR" 4 +.Ip "\f(CW--define \fIsym\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR" 4 +Specify a \f(CW-D\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an +\f(CWrc\fR file. +.Ip "\f(CW-v\fR" 4 +Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if you +didn't specify one. +.Ip "\f(CW--language \fIval\fR\fR" 4 +Specify the default language to use when reading an \f(CWrc\fR file. +\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are +the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage. +.Ip "\f(CW--use-temp-file\fR" 4 +Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output of +the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation is buggy +on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions of Windows 95 and +Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where the output will instead +go the console). +.Ip "\f(CW--no-use-temp-file\fR" 4 +Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the preprocessor. +This is the default behaviour. +.Ip "\f(CW--help\fR" 4 +Prints a usage summary. +.Ip "\f(CW--version\fR" 4 +Prints the version number for \f(CWwindres\fR. +.Ip "\f(CW--yydebug\fR" 4 +If \f(CWwindres\fR is compiled with \f(CWYYDEBUG\fR defined as \f(CW1\fR, +this will turn on parser debugging. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR. +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +Copyright (c) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.PP +Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 +or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; +with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no +Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the +section entitled \*(L"GNU Free Documentation License\*(R". + +.rn }` '' +.IX Title "WINDRES.1 1" +.IX Name "windres - manipulate Windows resources." + +.IX Header "NAME" + +.IX Header "SYNOPSIS" + +.IX Header "DESCRIPTION" + +.IX Item "\f(CWrc\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWres\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CWcoff\fR" + +.IX Header "OPTIONS" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-i \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-o \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output \fIfilename\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-I \fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--input-format \fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-O \fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--output-format \fIformat\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-F \fItarget\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--target \fItarget\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--preprocessor \fIprogram\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--include-dir \fIdirectory\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-D \fItarget\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--define \fIsym\fR[=\fIval\fR]\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW-v\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--language \fIval\fR\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--use-temp-file\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--no-use-temp-file\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--help\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--version\fR" + +.IX Item "\f(CW--yydebug\fR" + +.IX Header "SEE ALSO" + +.IX Header "COPYRIGHT" + |